UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM 10-K



 

 
x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2009

OR

 
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from  to  .

Commission file number 1-34506



 

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 
Maryland   27-0312904
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330
Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(612) 238-3300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 
Title of Each Class:   Name of Exchange on Which Registered:
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Warrants to purchase Common Stock
  New York Stock Exchange Amex
New York Stock Exchange Amex

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None



 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S T (§232.405 of this charter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

     
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer x   Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

As of June 30, 2009, there was no established public trading market for the registrant’s securities and the registrant had no voting common shares held by non-affiliates.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on March 4, 2010 was 13,379,209.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of registrant’s fiscal year covered by this Annual Report are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
2009 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
PART I
        

Item 1.

Business

    1  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

    13  

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

    35  

Item 2.

Properties

    35  

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

    35  

Item 4.

Reserved

    35  
PART II
        

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    36  

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

    39  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    40  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    58  

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    62  

Item 9.

Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

    95  

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

    95  

Item 9B.

Other Information

    98  
PART III
        

Item 10.

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

    100  

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

    100  

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

    100  

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    100  

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

    100  
PART IV
        

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

    101  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

Two Harbors Investment Corp. is a recently formed Maryland corporation that focuses on investing in, financing and managing residential mortgage-backed securities, or RMBS, and related investments. We intend to qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, as defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

The terms “Two Harbors,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Two Harbors Investment Corp. and its subsidiaries as a consolidated entity. The term “Capitol” refers to Capitol Acquisition Corp., which became a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Two Harbors after completion of the merger transaction described below. Upon completion of the merger transaction, Capitol was considered the accounting acquirer, similar to a reverse merger. As the surviving entity for accounting purposes, Capitol’s financial information for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007 is presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K on a historical carryover basis.

Our objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over the long term, primarily through dividends and secondarily through capital appreciation. We acquire and manage a portfolio of RMBS, with a buy-and-hold emphasis, focusing on security selection and the relative value of various sectors within the mortgage market. We seek to invest in the following asset classes:

Agency RMBS, meaning RMBS whose principal and interest payments are guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (or Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (or Fannie Mae), or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (or Freddie Mac).
Non-Agency RMBS, meaning RMBS that are not issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, and
Financial assets other than RMBS, comprising approximately 5% to 10% of the portfolio.

We deploy moderate leverage as part of our investment strategy through short-term borrowings structured as repurchase agreements.

We are managed by PRCM Advisers LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pine River Capital Management L.P., or Pine River, pursuant to the terms of a management agreement dated October 28, 2009. Founded in 2002, Pine River is a global multi-strategy asset management firm with offices in New York, London, Hong Kong, San Francisco, and Minnetonka, Minnesota.

We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our initial taxable period ended December 31, 2009. To qualify as a REIT we will be required to meet certain investment and operating tests and annual distribution requirements. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income to the extent that we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to stockholders and maintain our intended qualification as a REIT. However, certain activities that we may perform may cause us to earn income which will not be qualifying income for REIT purposes. We have preserved Capitol as a taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS, as defined in the Code, to engage in such activities, and we may in the future form additional TRS’s. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capitol Acquisition Corp. (prior to October 28, 2009)

Capitol was a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 26, 2007 to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or assets.

On November 14, 2007, Capitol completed its initial public offering of 25,000,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit, and received net proceeds of approximately $239.8 million. Capitol received additional net proceeds of $12.0 million on December 12, 2007, as a result of the initial public offering underwriters exercising their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 1,249,000 units. Each unit consisted of one share of Capitol’s common stock and one redeemable common stock purchase warrant. Each warrant entitled the holder to purchase from Capitol one share of common stock at an exercise price of $7.50, commencing the later of the completion of a business combination or November 8, 2008 and expiring November 8, 2012. Certain of Capitol’s sponsors and founding stockholders, or the Initial Stockholders, purchased an additional 7,000,000 warrants for $7.0 million. The purchase and issuance of these warrants occurred simultaneously with consummation of the IPO on a private placement basis. All of the net proceeds received from the foregoing sale of securities, totaling approximately $258.4 million, were placed in a trust account pursuant to Capitol’s charter, pending consummation of a business combination.

On June 11, 2009, Capitol signed an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Two Harbors, Two Harbors Merger Corp. and Pine River which sets forth the terms and conditions whereby Capitol agreed to merge into Two Harbors Merger Corp., with Capitol being the surviving entity and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Two Harbors.

Consummation of the Merger Transaction

On October 26, 2009, the majority of Capitol’s stockholders approved the merger transaction, and the transaction closed on October 28, 2009. In connection with the closing, the holders of Capitol’s common stock and warrants became holders of the securities of Two Harbors after the merger in the same proportion as their holdings in Capitol immediately before the merger, except as (i) increased by (A) the cancellation of 6,562,257 shares of Capitol common stock held by the Initial Stockholders, (B) conversion of 6,875,130 shares of Capitol common stock by holders thereof who exercised the right to have their shares converted into funds held in the trust account at a value of $9.87 per share and (C) the purchase of 5,994,661 shares pursuant to forward sales agreements that provided for Capitol to purchase such shares after the closing of the merger at a price of $9.87 per share and (ii) decreased by the issuance of 22,159 shares of restricted stock to our independent directors at the closing.

In addition, in connection with the closing of the merger transaction, we entered into a supplement and amendment to the agreement that governs the warrants, the terms of which, among other things, (i) increased the exercise price of the warrants from $7.50 per share to $11.00 per share, (ii) extended the expiration date of the warrants from November 7, 2012 to November 7, 2013 and (iii) limited a holder’s ability to exercise warrants to ensure that such holder’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership (each as defined in our charter) do not exceed the restrictions contained in the charter limiting the ownership of shares of our common stock.

Two Harbors Investment Corp. (post-merger)

As of October 28, 2009, upon consummation of the merger agreement, we commenced doing business as Two Harbors Investment Corp. Our common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE Amex under the symbols TWO and TWO.WS, respectively.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart shows our structure. We conduct substantially all of our operations through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Two Harbors Operating Company LLC, or the Subsidiary LLC. The Subsidiary LLC in turn conducts its business through two subsidiaries: Two Harbors Asset I, LLC, which holds most of our RMBS and other assets; and Capitol, which we have elected to treat as a TRS, and which holds certain non-RMBS assets and conducts certain economic hedging activity.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Cautionary Statement

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve numerous risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ from our beliefs, expectations, estimates, and projections and, consequently, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Forward-looking statements are not historical in nature and can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “seek,” “plan” and similar expressions or their negative forms, or by references to strategy, plans, or intentions. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, those described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Risk Factors.” Other risks, uncertainties, and factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected are described below and may be described from time to time in reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, including reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

Important factors, among others, that may affect our actual results include:

changes in interest rates;
changes in mortgage prepayment rates;
the timing of credit losses within our portfolio;
our exposure to adjustable-rate and negative amortization mortgage loans;
the state of the credit markets and other general economic conditions, particularly as they affect the price of earning assets and the credit status of borrowers;
the concentration of the credit risks we are exposed to;
legislative and regulatory actions affecting the mortgage industry or our business;
the availability of target assets for purchase at attractive prices;
the availability of financing for our portfolio, including the availability of repurchase agreement financing;
declines in home prices;

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increases in mortgage payment delinquencies;
changes in liquidity in the market for real estate securities, the re-pricing of credit risk in the capital markets, inaccurate ratings of securities by rating agencies, rating agency downgrades of securities, and increases in the supply of real estate securities available-for-sale;
changes in the values of securities we own and the impact of adjustments reflecting those changes on our income statement and balance sheet, including our stockholders’ equity;
our ability to generate the amount of cash flow we expect from our investment portfolio;
changes in our investment, financing, and hedging strategies and the new risks that those changes may expose us to;
changes in the competitive landscape within our industry, including changes that may affect our ability to retain or attract personnel;
our ability to manage various operational risks associated with our business;
our ability to maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting;
our ability to establish, adjust and maintain appropriate hedges for the risks in our portfolio; and
limitations imposed on our business due to our REIT status and our status as exempt from registration under the 1940 Act.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain statistics and other data that in some cases have been obtained from or compiled from information made available by mortgage loan servicers and other third-party service providers.

Our Business

Investment Guidelines and Strategy

We acquire and manage a portfolio of RMBS and related investments, focusing on security selection and the relative value of various sectors within the mortgage market.

Our board of directors has adopted the following investment guidelines:

no investment shall be made that would cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
no investment shall be made that would cause us to be regulated as an investment company under the 1940 Act;
we will primarily invest within our target assets, consisting primarily of Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS; approximately 5% to 10% of our portfolio may include financial assets other than RMBS; and
until appropriate investments can be identified, we will invest available cash in interest-bearing and short-term investments that are consistent with (i) our intention to qualify as a REIT, and (ii) our exemption from “investment company” status under the 1940 Act.

These investment guidelines may be changed from time to time by our board of directors without the approval of our stockholders.

Within the constraints of the foregoing investment guidelines, PRCM Advisers LLC has broad authority to select, finance and manage our investment portfolio. As a general matter, our investment strategy is designed to enable us to:

build an investment portfolio consisting of Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS that will generate attractive returns while having a moderate risk profile;
manage financing, interest, prepayment rate and credit risks;
capitalize on discrepancies in the relative valuations in the mortgage market; and

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide regular quarterly distributions to stockholders.

Within the requirements of the investment guidelines, PRCM Advisers LLC makes determinations as to the percentage of our assets that will be invested in each of our target assets. PRCM Advisers LLC’s decisions depend on prevailing market conditions and may change over time in response to opportunities available in different interest rate, economic and credit environments. As a result, we cannot predict the percentage of our assets that will be invested in any of our target asset classes at any given time. We believe that the diversification of our portfolio of assets and the flexibility of our strategy, combined with PRCM Advisers LLC’s and its affiliates’ expertise, will enable us to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns under a variety of market conditions and economic cycles.

We may change our investment strategy and policies without a vote of our stockholders.

Target Assets

Our target asset classes and the principal assets are as follows:

 
Agency RMBS   Agency RMBS collateralized by either fixed rate mortgage loans, adjustable rate mortgage loans or hybrid mortgage loans, or derivatives thereof, including:
    

  •  

mortgage pass-through certificates;

    

  •  

collateralized mortgage obligations;

    

  •  

Freddie Mac gold certificates;

    

  •  

Fannie Mae certificates;

    

  •  

Ginnie Mae certificates;

    

  •  

“to-be-announced” forward contracts, that is pools of mortgages with specific investment terms to be issued by GSEs at a future date; and

    

  •  

interest-only and inverse interest-only securities.

Non-Agency RMBS   Non-Agency RMBS collateralized by prime mortgage loans, Alt-A mortgage loans and subprime mortgage loans, which may have fixed rate, adjustable rate or hybrid rate terms.
     Non-Agency RMBS includes both senior and mezzanine RMBS. Senior RMBS refers to non-Agency RMBS tranches which have the highest priority claim to cash flows from the related collateral pool, within the RMBS structure. Mezzanine RMBS refers to subordinated tranches within the collateral pool.
     Hybrid mortgage loans have terms with interest rates that are fixed for a specified period of time and, thereafter, generally adjust annually to an increment over a specified interest rate index. ARMs refer to hybrid and adjustable-rate mortgage loans which typically have interest rates that adjust annually to an increment over a specified interest rate index.
Assets other than RMBS   Non-real estate financial assets including asset-backed securities and certain hedging transactions that may produce non-qualifying income for purposes of the REIT gross income tests.

At December 31, 2009, we had total assets of approximately $538.4 million, of which $494.5 million, or 91.8%, represented our RMBS portfolio. At December 31, 2009, $417.8 million, or 84.5% of our RMBS portfolio was comprised of Agency RMBS, $54.1 million, or 10.9% of our RMBS portfolio was comprised of

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

senior non-Agency RMBS, and the remaining $22.6 million, or 4.6% was comprised of other non-Agency RMBS. The remaining $43.9 million of assets consists primarily of cash, restricted cash, receivables and prepaid assets.

Competitive Strengths

Our investment strategy is focused on utilizing our underlying core strengths, described below in further detail, which we believe offer competitive advantages in the marketplace.

Significant Experience and Relationships of Pine River’s Fixed Income Team

PRCM Advisers LLC’s fixed income team has broad experience in managing Agency RMBS, non-Agency RMBS and other mortgage-related assets through a variety of credit and interest rate environments and has demonstrated the ability to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns under different market conditions and cycles, on both a levered and unlevered basis.

The members of the fixed income team have an average of 15 years of experience in mortgage-backed securities trading, including experience in performing advisory services for investment banks, funds, other investment vehicles, and other managed and discretionary accounts. Our Co-Chief Investment Officers are Steven Kuhn and William Roth. Mr. Kuhn is a Partner of Pine River, and joined the firm in January 2008. He has 16 years of experience trading RMBS and other fixed income securities for Goldman Sachs Asset Management, Citadel and Cargill. Mr. Roth joined Pine River in June 2009, and has 28 years of experience working for Salomon Brothers and Citigroup in the fixed income markets, including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The fixed income team also includes seasoned traders, analysts and risk managers, and is backed by Pine River’s extensive infrastructure in the areas of trade execution, risk management, valuation, accounting, operations, corporate governance and law.

PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates maintain extensive long-term relationships with financial intermediaries including prime brokers, investment banks, broker-dealers and asset custodians. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to source, finance, protect and hedge our investments and, thus, enable us to succeed in various credit and interest rate environments. Members of the fixed income team have developed relationships within the RMBS industry that they are able to bring to bear for the benefit of Two Harbors.

Disciplined Investment Approach

Asset selection is a key element of our strategy. We are, in essence, a value investor in mortgage-backed securities. PRCM Advisers LLC selects RMBS based on factors that include prepayment trends, average remaining life of the underlying loans, amortization schedules, fixed versus floating interest rates, geographic concentration, property type, weighted-average loan-to-value and weighted-average credit score. Through the careful selection of assets, we seek to build and maintain an investment portfolio that provides value to stockholders over time both in absolute terms and relative to other RMBS portfolios. Our business strategy is to manage both interest rate risk and credit risk in our efforts to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns under a variety of market conditions and cycles.

Portfolio Construction

PRCM Advisers LLC uses its fixed income team’s expertise across a broad range of asset classes within the RMBS markets to build a portfolio that seeks to balance income, cash, capital appreciation, leverage and risk. PRCM Advisers LLC uses a cross-product approach, conducting top-down market assessments with respect to sub-sets of the RMBS market in order to identify the most attractive segments and investment opportunities, including smaller opportunities. In employing this detailed analysis, PRCM Advisers LLC seeks to best capture market inefficiencies and identify the most mispriced securities. We believe this holistic approach to non-Agency and Agency RMBS investment may achieve a higher risk-adjusted return than an approach that focuses on a single sector.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Access to PRCM Advisers LLC’s Analytical Tools, Infrastructure and Expertise

The fixed income team constructs and manages our investment portfolio through the use of qualitative and quantitative analysis, and with the assistance of proprietary and third party analytic tools. We focus on in-depth analysis of the numerous factors that influence our target assets, including:

fundamental market and sector review;
cash flow analysis;
disciplined security selection;
controlled risk exposure; and
prudent balance sheet management.

We also use these tools to guide the hedging strategies developed by PRCM Advisers LLC to the extent consistent with the requirements for qualification as a REIT.

In addition, we use Pine River’s proprietary technology management platform, called Everest, to track investments and to monitor investment risk. Everest collects and stores real-time market data, and integrates market performance with portfolio holdings and proprietary risk models to measure the risk positions in portfolios. This measurement system portrays overall portfolio risk and risk sources. We believe that sophisticated analysis of both macro and micro economic factors will enable us to manage cash flow and distributions while preserving capital.

Through our shared facilities and services agreement with Pine River, PRCM Advisers LLC has analytical and portfolio management capabilities to aid in security selection and risk management. We capitalize on the market knowledge and ready access to data across our target markets that PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates obtain through their established platform. We also benefit, through PRCM Advisers LLC, from Pine River’s comprehensive finance, operational and administrative infrastructure, including its risk management and financial reporting and accounting operations, as well as its business development, legal and compliance, operations and settlement and software development teams.

Financing Strategy

We deploy moderate leverage to increase potential returns to our stockholders and to fund the acquisition of our assets. We are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio. The amount of leverage we deploy for particular investments in our target assets depends upon an assessment of a variety of factors, which may include:

the anticipated liquidity and price volatility of our assets;
the gap between the duration of assets and liabilities, including hedges;
the availability and cost of financing the assets;
our opinion of the credit worthiness of financing counterparties;
the health of the U.S. economy and residential mortgage-related markets;
our outlook for the level, slope, and volatility of interest rates;
the credit quality of the loans we acquire;
the collateral underlying our Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS;
and our outlook for asset spreads relative to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, curve.

Our primary financing sources are repurchase agreements. We may use repurchase agreements to deploy, on a debt-to-equity basis, up to ten times leverage on our Agency RMBS assets, but we are not required to maintain any particular leverage ratio. We expect under current market conditions to deploy limited leverage on our non-Agency RMBS through the use of repurchase agreements. In the future, we may pursue additional leverage in conjunction with financings that may be available from traditional private sources of lending or under programs established by the U.S. government.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repurchase agreements are financings pursuant to which one party, the seller or borrower, sells assets to the repurchase agreement counterparty, the buyer or lender, for an agreed price with the obligation to repurchase the assets from the buyer at a future date and at a price higher than the original purchase price. The amount of financing available under a repurchase agreement is limited to a specified percentage of the estimated market value of the assets. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the interest expense of financing under a repurchase agreement. Under repurchase agreement financing arrangements, if the value of the collateral decreases, the buyer could require the seller to provide additional cash collateral to re-establish the ratio of value of the collateral to the amount of borrowing. In the current economic climate, lenders under repurchase agreements generally advance approximately 90% to 95% of the market value of the Agency RMBS financed (meaning a 5% to 10% discount from market value, or haircut) and 50% to 65% of the market value of the non-Agency RMBS financed (meaning a 35% to 50% haircut). A significant decrease in advance rate or an increase in the haircut could result in our having to sell securities in order to meet additional margin requirements by the lender. We expect to mitigate our risk of margin calls under repurchase agreements by deploying a prudent amount of leverage that is below what could be used under current advance rates.

In order to reduce our exposure to counterparty-related risk, we generally seek to diversify our exposure by entering into repurchase agreements with multiple counterparties. At December 31, 2009, we had $411.9 million of outstanding balances under repurchase agreements with six counterparties, with a maximum net exposure (the difference between the amount loaned to us, including interest payable, and the value of the securities pledged by us as collateral, including accrued interest receivable on such securities) to any single lender of $17.3 million.

We enter into derivative financial instruments, or hedging instruments, to hedge against increases in interest rates on a portion of our LIBOR-based repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2009, our hedging instruments consisted solely of swaps, which are used to lock-in fixed interest rates over the term of the swap, related to a portion of our existing and anticipated future repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2009, we were a party to fixed-rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million. We do not anticipate entering into any hedging instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Management Agreement

We have entered into a management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pine River. Pursuant to the management agreement, PRCM Advisers LLC implements our business strategy and performs certain services for us, subject to oversight by our board of directors. PRCM Advisers LLC is responsible for, among other duties, (i) performing all of our day-to-day functions, (ii) determining investment criteria in conjunction with our board of directors, (iii) sourcing, analyzing and executing investments, asset sales and financings, and (iv) performing asset management duties.

The initial term of the management agreement expires on October 28, 2012, with automatic, one-year renewals at the end of the initial term and each year thereafter. Our independent directors review PRCM Advisers LLC’s performance annually and, following the initial term, the management agreement may be terminated annually by us without cause upon the vote of at least two-thirds of our independent directors or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, based upon: (i) PRCM Advisers LLC’s unsatisfactory performance that is materially detrimental to us or (ii) our determination that the management fees payable to PRCM Advisers LLC are not fair, subject to PRCM Advisers LLC’s right to prevent termination based on unfair fees by accepting a reduction of management fees agreed to by at least two-thirds of our independent directors. We are required to provide PRCM Advisers LLC with 180 days’ prior notice of such termination. Upon termination without cause, we will pay PRCM Advisers LLC a termination fee, as described below. We will also pay a termination fee to PRCM Advisers LLC if PRCM Advisers LLC terminates the management agreement due to our material breach of such agreement. We may terminate the management agreement with 30 days’ prior notice from our board of directors, without payment of a termination fee, for cause, as defined in the management agreement. PRCM Advisers LLC may terminate the management agreement if we become required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act, with such termination deemed to occur immediately before such event, and may also decline to renew the management agreement by providing us with 180 days’ prior notice, in either case of which we would not be required to pay a termination fee.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Base Management Fee

The base management fee paid to PRCM Advisers LLC is 1.5% of our stockholders’ equity per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears.

For purposes of calculating the management fee, our stockholders’ equity means the sum of the net proceeds from all issuances of our equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus our retained earnings at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less any amount that we have paid for repurchases of our common stock since inception, and excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other items that do not affect realized net income (regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income). This amount will be adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, and certain non-cash items after discussions between PRCM Advisers LLC and our independent directors and approval by a majority of our independent directors. To the extent asset impairments reduce our retained earnings at the end of any completed calendar quarter it will reduce the base management fee for such quarter. Our stockholders’ equity for the purposes of calculating the base management fee could be greater than the amount of stockholders’ equity shown on the consolidated financial statements.

Expense Reimbursement

We reimburse PRCM Advisers LLC for (i) our allocable share of the compensation paid by PRCM Advisers LLC to its personnel serving as our principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel employed by PRCM Advisers LLC as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to us and (ii) any amounts for personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC’s affiliates arising under a shared facilities and services agreement.

Termination Fee

Upon termination of the management agreement by us without cause or by PRCM Advisers LLC due to our material breach of the management agreement, we are required to pay a termination fee equal to three times the sum of the average annual base management fee earned by PRCM Advisers LLC during the 24-month period immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of termination.

Regulation

REIT Qualification

We intend to elect to qualify as a REIT under the Code, commencing with our taxable period ended on December 31, 2009. Our qualification as a REIT depends upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares. We believe that we are organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and we conduct our operations in a manner which will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

As long as we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the REIT taxable income we distribute currently to our stockholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates and may be precluded from qualifying as a REIT for the subsequent four taxable years following the year during which we lost our REIT qualification. Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income or property.

1940 Act Exemption

We intend to conduct our operations so that we are not required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act exempts entities that are “primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate,” or qualifying interests. Under

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the current interpretation of the SEC’s staff, in order to qualify for this exemption, we must maintain (i) at least 55% of our assets in qualifying interests (referred to as the 55% Test) and (ii) at least 80% of our assets in real estate related assets including qualifying interests (referred to as the 80% Test). In meeting the 55% Test, we treat as qualifying interests those RMBS issued with respect to an underlying pool as to which we own all of the certificates issued by the pool. RMBS that do not represent all of the certificates issued (i.e., an undivided interest) by the pool of mortgages (i.e., a whole pool) underlying such RMBS may be treated as securities separate from such underlying mortgage loans and, thus, may not be considered qualifying interests for purposes of the 55% Test; however, such RMBS would be considered real estate related assets for purposes of the 80% Test. Therefore, for purposes of the 55% Test, our ownership of these types of RMBS is limited by the provisions of the 1940 Act. If the SEC or its staff were to adopt a contrary interpretation, we could be required to sell a substantial amount of our RMBS under potentially adverse market conditions. Further, in order to ensure that at all times we qualify for this exemption from the 1940 Act, we may be precluded from acquiring RMBS whose yield is higher than the yield on RMBS that could be otherwise purchased in a manner consistent with this exemption. Accordingly, we monitor our compliance with both the 55% Test and the 80% Test in order to maintain our exempt status under the 1940 Act.

Corporate Governance

We strive to maintain an ethical workplace in which the highest standards of professional conduct are practiced.

Our board of directors is composed of a majority of independent directors. Our Audit, Nominating and Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees are composed exclusively of independent directors.
In order to foster the highest standards of ethics and conduct in all of our business relationships, we have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines, which cover a wide range of business practices and procedures that apply to all of our directors, officers and employees. In addition, we have implemented Whistle Blowing Procedures for Accounting and Auditing Matters that set forth procedures by which any officer or employee may raise, on a confidential basis, concerns regarding any questionable or unethical accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters with our Audit Committee.
We have an insider trading policy that prohibits any of our directors, officers or employees from buying or selling our common and preferred stock on the basis of material nonpublic information and prohibits communicating material nonpublic information to others.
We have a formal internal audit function, through the current use of an independent, outsourced firm, to further the effective functioning of our internal controls and procedures. Our internal audit plan, which is approved annually by our Audit Committee, is based on a formal risk assessment and is intended to provide management and our Audit Committee with an effective tool to identify and address areas of financial or operational concerns and to ensure that appropriate controls and procedures are in place. We have implemented Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the SOX Act, which requires an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting in association with our financial statements as of December 31, 2009. (See Item 9A, “Controls and Procedures” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)

Competition

Our net income will depend, in large part, on our ability to acquire assets at favorable spreads over our borrowing costs. In acquiring our target assets, we will compete with other REITs, specialty finance companies, savings and loan associations, banks, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, mutual funds, institutional investors, investment banking firms, financial institutions, governmental bodies and other entities. Some of these entities may not be subject to the same regulatory constraints that we are (i.e., REIT compliance or maintaining an exemption under the 1940 Act). In addition, there are numerous REITs with similar asset acquisition objectives, including a number that have been recently formed, and others may be organized in the future. These other REITs will increase competition for the available supply of RMBS. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us, have access to greater capital and other resources and may

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have other advantages over us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Current market conditions may attract more competitors, which may increase the competition for sources of financing. An increase in the competition for sources of funding could adversely affect the availability and cost of financing, and thereby adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the face of this competition, we have access to PRCM Advisers LLC’s professionals and their industry expertise, which may provide us with a competitive advantage and will help us assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for certain potential investments. In addition, we believe that current market conditions may have adversely affected the financial condition of certain competitors. Thus, our organization, with no legacy portfolio prior to October 28, 2009, may be able to compete more effectively for attractive investment opportunities. However, we may not be able to achieve our business goals or expectations due to the competitive risks that we face. For additional information concerning these competitive risks, see “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We operate in a highly competitive market and competition may limit our ability to acquire desirable assets .”

Employees

We are managed by PRCM Advisers LLC pursuant to the management agreement between PRCM Advisers LLC and us. All of our officers are partners or employees of PRCM Advisers LLC or its affiliates. We have no direct employees.

Policies with Respect to Certain Other Activities

If our board of directors determines that additional funding is necessary or appropriate, we may raise such funds through additional offerings of equity or debt securities or the retention of cash flow (subject to provisions in the Code concerning distribution requirements and the taxability of undistributed REIT taxable income). In the event that our board of directors determines to raise additional equity capital, it has the authority, without stockholder approval, to issue additional common stock or preferred stock in any manner and on such terms and for such consideration as it deems appropriate, at any time.

As of the date of this filing, we do not intend to offer equity or debt securities in exchange for property. We have not in the past repurchased or otherwise reacquired our shares, but may do so in the future, subject to the requirements of the MGCL.

As of the date of this filing, we do not intend to invest in the securities of other REITs, other entities engaged in real estate activities or securities of other issuers for the purpose of exercising control over such entities.

We have not in the past made loans to third parties in the ordinary course of business for investment purposes, but may do so in the future. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not intend to underwrite the securities of other issuers.

We furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered public accountants and file quarterly reports with the SEC containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

Our board of directors may change any of these policies without prior notice, or a vote of our stockholders, other than filing of annual and quarterly reports with the SEC which is required by law.

Financial Information

Financial information concerning our business for each of 2009, 2008, and 2007, including Capitol’s financial information for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, is set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, and the supplemental financial information, which are in Part II, Items 7, 7A and 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Available Information

Our website can be found at www.twoharborsinvestment.com . We make available free of charge on, or through the SEC filings section of our website, access to our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our Exchange Act reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . The content of any website referred to in this Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K unless expressly noted.

We also make available, free of charge, access to our Corporate Governance Standards, charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, our Corporate Governance Standards, and our Code of Ethics governing our directors, officers, and employees. Within the time period required by the SEC and the NYSE Amex, we will post on our website any amendment to the Code of Ethics and any waiver applicable to any executive officer, director, or senior officer (as defined in the Code).

Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at 590 Madison Avenue, Suite 3703, New York, NY 10021, Attn: Investor Relations, or by telephone at (612) 238-3348.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following is a summary of the risk factors that we believe are most relevant to our business. These are factors which, individually or in the aggregate, we think could cause our actual results to differ significantly from anticipated or historical results. In addition to understanding the key risks described below, investors should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all risk factors, and consequently, the following is not a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

The value of your investment is subject to the significant risks affecting REITs, and mortgage REITs in particular, described below. If any of the events described below occur, our business, financial condition, liquidity and/or results of operations could be adversely affected in a material way. This could cause the price of our common stock or warrants to decline, perhaps significantly, and you therefore may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related To Our Business

We operate in a highly competitive market and competition may limit our ability to acquire desirable assets.

We operate in a highly competitive market. Our profitability depends, in large part, on our ability to acquire target assets at favorable prices. In acquiring assets, we compete with a variety of institutional investors, including other REITs, specialty finance companies, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance and insurance companies, governmental entities and other financial institutions. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Furthermore, competition for assets may lead to the price of such assets increasing and their availability decreasing, which may limit our ability to generate desired returns.

The RMBS investment strategy that PRCM Advisers LLC’s owner, Pine River, employs on behalf of other clients is different from the investment strategy that we employ.

PRCM Advisers LLC draws upon the experience of Pine River’s fixed income investment team in implementing our investment and financing strategies. However, the investment strategy that Pine River has employed in connection with other RMBS investments is different from the investment strategy that we employ in several important respects. In particular, Pine River has typically traded actively in fixed-rate, adjustable and interest-only RMBS, including collateralized mortgage obligations and “to-be-announced” forward contracts, or TBAs, and equity investments in REITs, and actively hedged its trading positions. By contrast, we seek to invest primarily in Agency and non-Agency RMBS with a buy-and-hold emphasis, and we do not anticipate actively trading our assets. Our investment strategy may further differ from that of Pine River’s funds, in that we may use greater leverage with regard to our investments in Agency RMBS. Further, unlike the Pine River funds, we are constrained by limitations on our investment strategy that are necessary in order to qualify as a REIT which is exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. In this regard, we place a greater emphasis than Pine River on owning securities representing 100% of the interests in a particular RMBS mortgage pool, or whole pool Agency RMBS, for purposes of maintaining our 1940 Act exemption.

We may change any of our strategies, policies or procedures without stockholder consent.

We may change any of our strategies, policies or procedures with respect to investments, asset allocation, growth, operations, indebtedness, financing strategy and distributions at any time without the consent of stockholders, which could result in our making investments that are different from, and possibly riskier than, the types of investments described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. A change in strategy may increase our exposure to credit risk, interest rate risk, financing risk, default risk and real estate market fluctuations. These changes could adversely affect our financial condition, risk profile, results of operations, the market price of our common stock or warrants and our ability to make distributions to stockholders.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Difficult conditions in the mortgage and residential real estate markets, the financial markets and the economy generally may cause the market value of our RMBS assets to decline, and we do not expect these conditions to improve in the near future.

Our results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the mortgage and residential real estate markets, the financial markets and the economy generally. Recently, concerns about the mortgage market and a declining real estate market, as well as inflation, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit, have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and financial markets going forward. The mortgage market has been adversely affected by the tightening of lending standards and general availability of credit and there is no assurance that these conditions have stabilized or that they will not worsen. This has an impact on new demand for homes, which will compress the home ownership rates and weigh heavily on future home price performance. There is a strong correlation between home price growth rates (or losses) and mortgage loan delinquencies. The further deterioration of the mortgage market may cause us to experience losses related to our assets. Declines in the market values of our investments may adversely affect our results of operations and credit availability, which may reduce earnings and, in turn, cash available for distribution to stockholders.

There can be no assurance that the actions of the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets, or market response to those actions, will achieve the intended results; our business may not benefit from these actions and further government or market developments could adversely impact us.

In response to turmoil in the financial markets beginning in 2007, the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve, U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken action to stabilize the financial markets. Significant measures include: the enactment of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 to, among other things, establish the Troubled Asset Relief Program to purchase certain assets from financial institutions; the enactment of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, which established a new regulator for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; the establishment of the TALF, which provides non-recourse loans to borrowers to fund their purchase of eligible assets, which currently include certain asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities; the establishment of the Public-Private Investment Program, which is designed to encourage the transfer of certain legacy assets, including real estate-related assets, off of the balance sheets of financial institutions; and the implementation of the Home Affordable Modification program, to facilitate the modification of delinquent mortgages and reduce foreclosures.

There can be no assurance that these recent U.S. Government actions will improve the efficiency and stability of U.S. financial markets, and the residential mortgage markets in particular, in the long term. To the extent the financial markets do not respond favorably to these initiatives or these initiatives do not function as intended, our business may be harmed. There also can be no assurance that we will be eligible to participate in programs established by the U.S. Government or, if we are eligible, that we will be able to utilize them successfully or at all. In addition, because the programs are designed, in part, to improve the markets for certain of our target assets, the establishment of these programs may result in increased competition for attractive opportunities in our target assets. The U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, the U.S. Treasury and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken or are considering taking additional actions to address the financial crisis. We cannot predict whether or when such actions may occur, and such actions could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The lack of liquidity of our assets may adversely affect our business, including our ability to value and sell our assets.

We may acquire assets or other instruments that are not liquid, including securities and other instruments that are not publicly traded, and market conditions could significantly and negatively impact the liquidity of other assets. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain third-party pricing on the assets that we purchase. Illiquid assets typically experience greater price volatility, as a ready market may not exist for such assets, and such assets can be more difficult to value. In addition, validating third-party pricing for illiquid assets may be more subjective than more liquid assets. Any illiquidity of our assets may make it difficult for us to sell such assets if the need or desire arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we previously recorded our assets. Assets

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that are illiquid are more difficult to finance, and to the extent that we use leverage to finance assets that become illiquid we may lose that leverage or have it reduced. Assets tend to become less liquid during times of financial stress, which is often the time that liquidity is most needed. As a result, our ability to sell assets or vary our portfolio in response to changes in economic and other conditions may be limited by liquidity constraints, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Maintenance of our 1940 Act exemption imposes limits on our operations.

We intend to conduct our operations so as not to become required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act defines an investment company as any issuer that is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the 1940 Act defines an investment company as any issuer that is engaged or proposes to engage in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of the issuer’s total assets (exclusive of U.S. Government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Excluded from the term “investment securities,” among other things, are U.S. Government securities and securities issued by majority-owned subsidiaries that are not themselves investment companies and are not relying on the exception from the definition of investment company set forth in Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.

We are organized as a holding company that conducts its businesses primarily through Subsidiary LLC. Both Two Harbors and Subsidiary LLC intend to conduct their operations so that they do not come within the definition of an investment company because less than 40% of the value of their total assets on an unconsolidated basis will consist of “investment securities.”

Certain of Subsidiary LLC’s subsidiaries intend to rely upon the exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act pursuant to Section 3(c)(5)(C) of the 1940 Act, which is available for entities “primarily engaged in the business of purchasing or otherwise acquiring mortgages and other liens on and interests in real estate.” This exemption generally means that at least 55% of each such subsidiary’s portfolio must be comprised of qualifying assets and at least 80% of its portfolio must be comprised of qualifying assets and real estate-related assets under the 1940 Act. Qualifying assets for this purpose include mortgage loans and other assets, such as whole pool Agency and non-Agency RMBS, which are considered the functional equivalent of mortgage loans for the purposes of the 1940 Act. We expect each of our subsidiaries relying on Section 3(c)(5)(C) to invest at least 55% of its assets in whole pool Agency and non-Agency RMBS and other interests in real estate that constitute qualifying assets in accordance with SEC staff guidance and an additional 25% of its assets in either qualifying assets and other types of real estate related assets that do not constitute qualifying assets.

As a result of the foregoing restrictions, we are limited in our ability to make or dispose of certain investments. To the extent that the SEC staff publishes new or different guidance with respect to these matters, we may be required to adjust our strategy accordingly. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make certain investments and these limitations could result in the subsidiary holding assets that we might wish to sell or selling assets that we might wish to hold. Although we monitor the portfolios of our subsidiaries relying on the Section 3(c)(5)(C) exemption periodically and prior to each acquisition or disposition of assets, there can be no assurance that such subsidiaries will be able to maintain this exemption.

We may organize special purpose subsidiaries that will borrow under the Federal Reserve System’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility, or TALF. We expect that these TALF subsidiaries will rely on Section 3(c)(7) for their 1940 Act exemption and, therefore, our interest in each of these TALF subsidiaries would constitute an “investment security” for purposes of determining whether we pass the 40% test. We may organize one or more TALF subsidiaries, as well as other subsidiaries, that seek to rely on the 1940 Act exemption provided to certain structured financing vehicles by Rule 3a-7. To the extent that we organize subsidiaries that rely on Rule 3a-7 for an exemption from the 1940 Act, these subsidiaries will also need to comply with the provisions of Rule 3a-7 which in certain circumstances may require, among other things, that the indenture governing the notes issued by the subsidiary include additional limitations on the types of assets the subsidiary may sell or acquire out of the proceeds of assets that mature, are refinanced or otherwise sold, on the period of time during which such transactions may occur, and on the amount of transactions that may

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

occur. In addition, any subsidiaries organized to rely on Rule 3a-7 will also need to comply with guidance that may be issued by the Division of Investment Management of the SEC on how such subsidiaries must be organized to comply with the restrictions contained in Rule 3a-7. In light of the requirements of Rule 3a-7, our ability to manage assets held in a special purpose subsidiary that complies with Rule 3a-7 will be limited and we may not be able to purchase or sell assets owned by that subsidiary when we would otherwise desire to do so, which could lead to losses. We expect that the aggregate value of our interests in TALF subsidiaries that seek to rely on Rule 3a-7, as well as other subsidiaries that we may organize in the future that may rely on Rule 3a-7, will comprise less than 20% of our total assets on an unconsolidated basis.

We will make the determination of whether an entity is a majority-owned subsidiary. The 1940 Act defines a majority-owned subsidiary of a person as a company 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned by such person, or by another company which is a majority-owned subsidiary of such person. The 1940 Act further defines voting securities as any security presently entitling the owner or holder thereof to vote for the election of directors of a company. We treat companies in which we own at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities as majority-owned subsidiaries for purposes of the 40% test. We have not requested the SEC staff to approve our treatment of any company as a majority-owned subsidiary and the SEC staff has not done so. If the SEC or its staff were to disagree with our treatment of one or more companies as majority-owned subsidiaries, we would need to adjust our strategy and our assets in order to continue to pass the 40% test. Any such adjustment in our strategy could have a material adverse effect.

Qualification for exemption from registration under the 1940 Act limits our ability to make certain investments. For example, these restrictions limit the ability of our subsidiaries to invest directly in mortgage-backed securities that represent less than the entire ownership in a pool of mortgage loans, debt and equity tranches of securitizations and certain asset backed securities and real estate companies or in assets not related to real estate.

Loss of our 1940 Act exemption would adversely affect us, the market price of shares of our common stock or warrants and our ability to distribute dividends, and could result in the termination of the management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC.

As described above, we intend to conduct operations so as not to become required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act based on current laws, regulations and guidance. Although we monitor our portfolio periodically, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our exemption as an investment company under the 1940 Act. If we were to fail to qualify for an exemption, we could be required to restructure our activities or the activities of our subsidiaries, including effecting sales of assets in a manner that, or at a time when, we would not otherwise choose, which could negatively affect the value of our common stock or warrants, the sustainability of our business model, and our ability to make distributions. Such sales could occur during adverse market conditions, and we could be forced to accept prices below that which we believe are appropriate. The loss of our 1940 Act exclusion would also permit PRCM Advisers LLC to terminate the management agreement, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Rapid changes in the values of our assets may make it more difficult for us to maintain our qualification as a REIT or our exemption from the 1940 Act.

If the market value or income potential of our assets declines as a result of increased interest rates, prepayment rates, general market conditions, government actions or other factors, we may need to increase our real estate assets and income or liquidate our non-qualifying assets to maintain our REIT qualification or our exemption from the 1940 Act. If the decline in real estate asset values or income occurs quickly, this may be especially difficult to accomplish. This difficulty may be exacerbated by the illiquid nature of any non-real estate assets we may own. We may have to make decisions that we otherwise would not make absent the REIT and 1940 Act considerations.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We use leverage in executing our business strategy, which may adversely affect the return on our assets and may reduce cash available for distribution to our stockholders, as well as increase losses when economic conditions are unfavorable.

We use leverage to finance our investment operations and to enhance our financial returns. Our primary source of leverage is repurchase agreement financing for our Agency RMBS assets. Other sources of leverage may include credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities).

Through the use of leverage, we may acquire positions with market exposure significantly greater than the amount of capital committed to the transaction. For example, by entering into repurchase agreements with advance rates, or haircut levels, of 5% (which is not an atypical haircut for Agency RMBS), we could leverage capital allocated to Agency RMBS by a ratio of as much as 20 to 1. It is not uncommon for investors in Agency RMBS to obtain leverage equal to ten or more times equity through the use of repurchase agreement financing. We anticipate that we may deploy, on a debt-to-equity basis, up to ten times leverage on our Agency RMBS assets and up to two times on our non-Agency RMBS assets. However, there is no specific limit on the amount of leverage that we may use.

Leverage will magnify both the gains and the losses of our positions. Leverage will increase our returns as long as we earn a greater return on investments purchased with borrowed funds than our cost of borrowing such funds. However, if we use leverage to acquire an asset and the value of the asset decreases, the leverage will increase our losses. Even if the asset increases in value, if the asset fails to earn a return that equals or exceeds our cost of borrowing, the leverage will decrease our returns.

We may be required to post large amounts of cash as collateral or margin to secure our leveraged positions. In the event of a sudden, precipitous drop in value of our financed assets, we might not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to repay our borrowings, further magnifying losses. Even a small decrease in the value of a leveraged asset may require us to post additional margin or cash collateral. This may decrease the cash available to us for distributions to stockholders.

We depend on repurchase agreements and other credit facilities to execute our business plan and our inability to access funding through these sources could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business.

Our ability to purchase and hold assets is affected by our ability to secure repurchase agreements and other credit facilities on acceptable terms. We currently have master repurchase agreements in place with several counterparties and we expect to execute additional master repurchase agreements, but we can provide no assurance that lenders will be willing or able to provide us with sufficient financing through the repurchase markets or otherwise. In addition, because repurchase agreements are short-term commitments of capital, changes in conditions in the repurchase markets may make it more difficult for us to secure continued financing. During certain periods of a credit cycle, lenders may lose their ability or curtail their willingness to provide financing. If we are not able to arrange for replacement financing on acceptable terms, or if we default on our covenants or are otherwise unable to access funds under any of our master repurchase agreements, we may have to curtail our asset acquisition activities and/or dispose of assets.

It is possible that the lenders that provide us with financing could experience changes in their ability to advance funds to us, independent of our performance or the value of our assets. If major market participants exit the business, it could further adversely affect the marketability of RMBS and other financial assets in which we invest, and this could negatively impact the value of our assets, thus reducing our net book value. Furthermore, if many of our lenders are unwilling or unable to provide us with financing, we could be forced to sell assets when prices are depressed. In addition, if the regulatory capital requirements imposed on our lenders change, they may be required to significantly increase the cost of the financing that they provide to us. Our lenders also may revise their eligibility requirements for the types of assets they are willing to finance or the terms of such financings, based on, among other factors, the regulatory environment and their management of perceived risk. Moreover, the amount of financing we receive under our repurchase agreements will be directly related to the lenders’ valuation of the assets that secure the outstanding borrowings. Typically, repurchase agreements grant the respective lender the right to reevaluate the market value of the assets that secure outstanding borrowings at any time. If a lender determines that the value of the assets has decreased, it

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

has the right to initiate a margin call. A margin call would require us to transfer additional assets to such lender or to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings. Any such margin call could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business, liquidity and ability to make distributions to stockholders, and could cause the value of our common stock or warrants to decline. We may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices to meet margin calls and to maintain adequate liquidity, which could cause us to incur losses. Moreover, to the extent that we are forced to sell assets because of changes in market conditions, other market participants may face similar pressures, which could exacerbate a difficult market environment and which could result in significantly greater losses on our sale of such assets. In an extreme case of market duress, a market may not exist for certain of our assets at any price.

If a counterparty to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligation to resell the underlying security back to us at the end of the purchase agreement term, or if the value of the underlying security has declined as of the end of that term, or if we default on our obligations under the repurchase agreement, we will incur losses on the repurchase agreement.

When we enter into repurchase agreements, we sell securities to lenders (i.e., repurchase agreement counterparties) and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same securities back to us at the end of the term of the repurchase agreement. Because the cash that we receive from the lender when we initially sell the securities to the lender is less than the value of those securities (the difference being the “haircut”), if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same securities back to us, we would incur a loss on the repurchase agreement equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming there was no change in the value of the securities). We would also incur losses on a repurchase agreement if the value of the underlying securities has declined as of the end of the repurchase agreement term, because we would have to repurchase the securities for their initial value but would receive securities worth less than that amount. Further, if we default on our obligations under a repurchase agreement, the lender will be able to terminate the repurchase agreement and cease entering into any other repurchase agreements with us. Typically, our repurchase agreements contain cross-default provisions, so that if a default occurs under any repurchase agreement, the lender can also declare a default with respect to all other repurchase agreements with us. If a default occurs under any of our repurchase agreements and a lender terminates one or more of its repurchase agreements, we may need to enter into replacement repurchase agreements with different lenders. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in entering into such replacement repurchase agreements on the same terms as the repurchase agreements that were terminated or at all. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase agreements could adversely affect our earnings and thus our cash available for distribution to stockholders.

An increase in our borrowing costs relative to the interest that we receive on our leveraged assets may adversely affect our profitability and our cash available for distribution to stockholders.

As our repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings mature, we must enter into new borrowings, find other sources of liquidity or sell assets. An increase in short-term interest rates at the time that we seek to enter into new borrowings would reduce the spread between the returns on our assets and the cost of our borrowings. This would adversely affect the returns on our assets, which might reduce earnings and, in turn, cash available for distribution to stockholders.

Our business model depends in part upon the continuing viability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or similar institutions, and any significant changes to their structure or creditworthiness could have an adverse impact on us.

In the wake of the financial turmoil that began in 2007, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have become the dominant, and in some cases the only, source of mortgage financing in the U.S. The continued flow of mortgage-backed securities from these government-sponsored entities, or GSEs, supported by their guarantees against borrower defaults, is essential to the operation of the mortgage markets in their current form, and crucial to our business model. The U.S Congress has announced an intention to consider the elimination or restructuring of these GSEs, and there can be no assurance of the continuation of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as currently constituted and operated. Any significant changes to the structure of these GSEs could have an adverse impact on us. In December 2009 the U.S. Government committed virtually unlimited capital to ensure the viability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into 2012, however there can be no assurance that such capital will always be available, or that the Agencies will always honor their guarantees and other obligations.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If these GSEs fail to honor their guarantees, the value of any Agency RMBS assets that we hold would decline which would materially adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock or warrants and our ability to pay dividends.

Our business is highly dependent on communications and information systems of PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River. Any failure or interruption of the systems of PRCM Advisers LLC or Pine River could cause delays or other problems in our trading activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock or warrants and our ability to pay dividends to stockholders.

We enter into hedging transactions that expose us to contingent liabilities in the future, which may adversely affect our financial results or cash available for distribution to stockholders.

We engage in hedging transactions intended to hedge various risks to our portfolio, including the exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity varies in scope based on, among other things, the level and volatility of interest rates, the type of assets held and other changing market conditions. Although these transactions are intended to reduce our exposure to various risks, hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of volatile or rapidly changing interest rates;
available hedges may not correspond directly with the risks for which protection is sought;
the duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability;
the amount of income that a REIT may earn from certain hedging transactions (other than through taxable REIT subsidiaries, or TRS’s) is limited by U.S. federal income tax provisions governing REITs;
the credit quality of a hedging counterparty may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign our side of the hedging transaction; and
the hedging counterparty may default on its obligation to pay.

Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT, there is no limitation on the hedging transactions that we may undertake. Our hedging transactions could require us to fund large cash payments in certain circumstances ( e.g. , the early termination of the hedging instrument caused by an event of default or other early termination event, or a demand by a counterparty that we make increased margin payments). Our ability to fund these obligations will depend on the liquidity of our assets and access to capital at the time. The need to fund these obligations could adversely impact our financial condition. Further, hedging transactions, which are intended to limit losses, may actually result in losses, which would adversely affect our earnings and could in turn reduce cash available for distribution to stockholders.

Hedging instruments involve risk because they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearinghouse, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities. Consequently, there may be no requirements with respect to record keeping, financial responsibility or segregation of customer funds and positions. Furthermore, the enforceability of agreements underlying hedging transactions may depend on compliance with applicable statutory and commodity and other regulatory requirements and, depending on the identity of the counterparty, applicable international requirements. The business failure of a hedging counterparty will most likely result in its default. Default by a hedging counterparty may result in the loss of unrealized profits and force us to cover our commitments, if any, at the then current market price. Although generally we seek to reserve the right to terminate our hedging positions, it may not always be possible to dispose of or close out a hedging position without the consent of the hedging counterparty and we may not be able to enter into an offsetting contract in order to cover our risk. We cannot assure you that a liquid secondary market will exist for hedging instruments purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in losses.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our results may experience greater fluctuations by not electing hedge accounting treatment on the derivatives that we enter into.

We have elected to not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, for our current derivative instruments. The economics of our derivative hedging transactions are not affected by this election; however, our GAAP earnings may be subject to greater fluctuations from period to period as a result of this accounting treatment for changes in fair value of certain interest rate swap agreements or for the accounting of the underlying hedged assets or liabilities in our financial statements, if it does not necessarily match the accounting used for interest rate swap agreements.

We have limited experience in making critical accounting estimates, and our financial statements may be materially affected if our estimates prove to be inaccurate.

Financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Different estimates, judgments and assumptions reasonably could be used that would have a material effect on the financial statements, and changes in these estimates, judgments and assumptions are likely to occur from time to time. Significant areas of accounting requiring the application of management’s judgment include assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and determining the fair value of investment securities. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, if they prove to be wrong, then we face the risk that charges to income will be required. In addition, because we have limited operating history in some of these areas and limited experience in making these estimates, judgments and assumptions, the risk of future charges to income may be greater than if we had more experience in these areas. Any such charges could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies” for a discussion of the accounting estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are the most critical to an understanding of our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Declines in the market values of our assets may adversely affect our periodic reported results and credit availability, which may reduce earnings and, in turn, cash available for distribution to stockholders.

A substantial portion of our assets are classified for accounting purposes as “available-for-sale.” Changes in the market values of those assets will be directly charged or credited to stockholders’ equity. As a result, a decline in values may reduce our book value. Moreover, if the decline in value of an available-for-sale security is other than temporary, such decline will reduce earnings.

A decline in the market value of our assets may adversely affect us, particularly in instances where we have borrowed money based on the market value of those assets. If the market value of those assets declines, the lender may require us to post additional collateral to support the loan. If we are unable to post the additional collateral, we would have to sell the assets at a time when we might not otherwise choose to do so. A reduction in credit available may reduce our earnings and, in turn, cash available for distribution to stockholders.

Changes in accounting treatment may adversely affect our profitability.

In February 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued final guidance regarding the accounting and financial statement presentation for transactions that involve the acquisition of RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets from a counterparty and the subsequent financing of these securities through repurchase agreements with the same counterparty. If we do not meet the criteria under the final guidance to account for the transactions on a gross basis, the accounting treatment would not affect the economics of these transactions, but would affect how these transactions are reported on our financial statements. If we are not able to comply with the criteria under this final guidance for same party transactions, we would be precluded from presenting RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets and the related financings, as well as the related interest income and interest expense, on a gross basis on our financial statements. Instead, we would be required to account for the purchase commitment and related repurchase agreement on a net basis and record a forward commitment to purchase RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets as a derivative instrument. Such forward commitments would be recorded at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Additionally, we would record the cash

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

portion of our interest in RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets as a mortgage-related receivable from the counterparty on our balance sheet. Although we would not expect this change in presentation to have a material impact on net income, it could have an adverse impact on our operations. It could have an impact on our ability to include certain RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets purchased and simultaneously financed from the same counterparty as qualifying real estate interests or real estate-related assets used to qualify under the exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. It could also limit our opportunities as we may need to limit our purchases of RMBS, residential mortgage loans and other financial assets that are simultaneously financed with the same counterparty.

Risks Related to our Management and Relationship with PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River

We are dependent on PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River and may not find a suitable replacement if we or PRCM Advisers LLC terminates the management agreement.

We have no employees and no separate facilities. Instead, we are completely reliant for these resources on PRCM Advisers LLC, which has significant discretion as to the implementation and execution of our business strategies and risk management practices. PRCM Advisers LLC may not have sufficient access to Pine River’s employees, systems and facilities in order to comply with its obligations under the management agreement. We are also subject to the risk that PRCM Advisers LLC will terminate the management agreement and that no suitable replacement will be found.

PRCM Advisers LLC is only contractually committed to serve Two Harbors until October 28, 2012. Thereafter, the management agreement is renewable on an annual basis; provided, however, that PRCM Advisers LLC may terminate the management agreement annually upon 180 days’ prior notice. If the management agreement is terminated and no suitable replacement is found to manage Two Harbors, we may not be able to execute our business plan.

We will have no recourse to Pine River if it does not fulfill its obligations under the shared facilities and services agreement.

Neither we nor PRCM Advisers LLC has any employees or separate facilities. As a result, PRCM Advisers LLC has entered into a shared facilities and services agreement with Pine River pursuant to which PRCM Advisers LLC will be provided with the personnel, services and resources necessary for PRCM Advisers LLC to perform its obligations and responsibilities under the management agreement in exchange for certain amounts payable by PRCM Advisers LLC. Because we are not a party to the shared facilities and services agreement, we will not have any recourse to Pine River if it does not fulfill its obligations under the shared facilities and services agreement, or if Pine River and PRCM Advisers choose to amend or terminate the shared facilities and services agreement.

There are conflicts of interest in our relationship with Pine River and its affiliates, including PRCM Advisers LLC, which could result in decisions that are not in the best interests of our stockholders.

We are subject to conflicts of interest arising out of our relationship with Pine River and its affiliates, including PRCM Advisers LLC. PRCM Advisers LLC is wholly-owned by Pine River. Each of Brian Taylor (the Chairman of Two Harbors’ Board of Directors), Thomas Siering (a Director, and the Chief Executive Officer and President of Two Harbors), Steven Kuhn (the Co-Chief Investment Officer of Two Harbors) and Jeff Stolt (the Chief Financial Officer of Two Harbors) is a partner and owner of equity interests in Pine River. All of our other executive officers are employees or partners of Pine River. In addition, Mark Ein (the non-executive Vice Chairman) owns an interest in CLA Founders LLC, which, in consideration for services to be provided to PRCM Advisers LLC under a sub-management agreement, is entitled to receive a percentage of the management fee earned by PRCM Advisers LLC, and an affiliate of his is an investor in a private fund for which Pine River serves as investment manager. As a result, the management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC was negotiated between related parties, and its terms, including fees payable to PRCM Advisers LLC, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights under the management agreement because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with PRCM Advisers LLC.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC does not prevent PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates from engaging in additional management or investment opportunities. Pine River and its affiliates, including PRCM Advisers LLC, engage in additional management or investment opportunities that have overlapping objectives with us, and thus face conflicts in the allocation of resources between us, any other funds they manage and for their own accounts. Additionally, the ability of PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River and their respective officers and employees to engage in other business activities reduces the time PRCM Advisers LLC spends managing Two Harbors. Our executive officers and the employees of PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River do not spend all of their time managing Two Harbors. Our executive officers and the employees of PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River allocate some, or a material portion, of their time to other businesses and activities. None of these individuals is required to devote a specific amount of time to Two Harbors’ affairs. Accordingly, we compete with Pine River, its existing funds, investment vehicles, other ventures and possibly other entities in the future for the time and attention of these officers.

We may enter into additional transactions with Pine River or its affiliates. In particular, we may purchase assets from Pine River or its affiliates or make co-purchases alongside Pine River or its affiliates. These transactions may not be the result of arm’s length negotiations and may involve conflicts between our interests and the interests of Pine River and/or its affiliates. There can be no assurance that any procedural protections will be sufficient to assure that these transactions will be made on terms that will be at least as favorable to us as those that would have been obtained in an arm’s length transaction.

We will compete with current and future investment entities affiliated with Pine River for access to the benefits that our relationship with Pine River provides to Two Harbors, including access to investment opportunities.

There are conflicts of interest in allocating investment opportunities among Two Harbors and other funds, investment vehicles and ventures managed by Pine River. There is a significant overlap in the assets and investment strategies of Two Harbors and Pine River’s private funds, and many of the same trading and investment personnel provide services to both entities. Further, Pine River and its affiliates may in the future form additional funds or sponsor additional investment vehicles and ventures that have overlapping objectives with Two Harbors and therefore may compete with us for investment opportunities and Pine River resources. It is the written policy of Pine River and PRCM Advisers LLC to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis among all entities for which they provide investment management services. However, we cannot assure you that Pine River and PRCM Advisers LLC will always allocate every investment opportunity in a manner that is advantageous for us; indeed, we may expect that the fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities will at times result in our receiving only a portion of, or none of, certain investment opportunities.

The loss of our access to Pine River’s investment professionals and principals may adversely affect our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

We depend on PRCM Advisers LLC’s access, through a shared facilities and services agreement, to the investment professionals and principals of Pine River and the information and origination opportunities generated by Pine River’s investment professionals and principals during the normal course of their investment and portfolio management activities. These investment professionals and principals evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments and our financing activities and we depend on their continued service. The departure of a significant number of the investment professionals or principals of Pine River could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives. In addition, we cannot assure you that PRCM Advisers LLC will remain Two Harbors’ manager or that we will continue to have access to Pine River’s investment professionals or principals or its information and asset origination opportunities.

PRCM Advisers LLC, Pine River and our executive officers have limited experience managing a public company and as a result we may be unable to manage our public reporting requirements.

Neither PRCM Advisers LLC nor Pine River has previously managed the affairs of a publicly-listed company. Although certain of our directors and officers have public company experience, others do not, and they have not previously served together in the management of any public company. Management of a public

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company requires particular skills in areas such as governance, accounting, financial reporting, investor relations, systems, controls and regulatory compliance. Our relative inexperience in these areas increases the risk to Two Harbors that management will fail to comply with one or more requirements related to Two Harbors’ public company status. Such failure could have materially adverse impacts on the price and liquidity of Two Harbors’ securities.

PRCM Advisers LLC has limited experience in managing a REIT, which may hinder its ability to achieve our investment objectives or result in loss of our qualification as a REIT.

The REIT rules and regulations are highly technical and complex, and the failure to comply with these rules and regulations could prevent us from qualifying as a REIT or could force us to pay unexpected taxes and penalties. PRCM Advisers LLC has limited experience in managing a portfolio of assets under these complex rules and regulations. Before the closing of the merger transaction PRCM Advisers LLC’s and Pine River’s officers and employees had no prior experience operating a REIT and operating a business in compliance with the numerous technical restrictions and limitations set forth in the Code or the 1940 Act applicable to REITs. The limited experience may hinder our ability to achieve our investment objectives or may result in loss of our qualification as a REIT.

Our board of directors has approved very broad investment guidelines for Two Harbors and will not review or approve each investment decision made by PRCM Advisers LLC.

Our board of directors periodically reviews our investment guidelines and our investment portfolio but does not review or approve specific investments. PRCM Advisers LLC has great latitude within the broad parameters of our investment guidelines in determining our investments and investment strategies, which could result in investment returns that are substantially below expectations or that result in material losses.

The manner of determining the management fee may not provide sufficient incentive to PRCM Advisers LLC to maximize risk-adjusted returns on our investment portfolio because it is based on our stockholders’ equity and not on our financial performance.

PRCM Advisers LLC is entitled to receive a management fee that is based on our stockholders’ equity at the end of each quarter, regardless of our financial performance. Accordingly, significant management fees will be payable to PRCM Advisers LLC even if we have a net loss during a quarter. PRCM Advisers LLC’s right to such compensation may not provide sufficient incentive to PRCM Advisers LLC to devote its time and effort to maximize risk-adjusted returns on our investment portfolio, which could, in turn, adversely affect our financial results. Further, the management fee structure gives PRCM Advisers LLC the incentive to maximize stockholders’ equity by the issuance of new common stock or the retention of existing equity, regardless of the effect of these actions on existing stockholders. In other words, the management fee structure rewards PRCM Advisers LLC primarily based on the size of Two Harbors, and not on our returns to stockholders.

The termination of the management agreement may be difficult and costly, which may adversely affect our inclination to end our relationship with PRCM Advisers LLC.

Termination of the management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC without cause is difficult and costly. The term “cause” is limited to certain specifically described circumstances. The management agreement provides that, in the absence of cause, we may only terminate it after October 28, 2012, upon the vote of the vote of at least two-thirds of all of our independent directors or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Additionally, upon a termination by Two Harbors without cause (or upon a termination by PRCM Advisers LLC due to our material breach), the management agreement requires us to pay PRCM Advisers LLC a termination payment equal to three times the sum of the annual management fee received by PRCM Advisers LLC during the 24-month period before such termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter. This provision increases the effective cost to us of terminating our relationship with PRCM Advisers LLC, even if we believe that PRCM Advisers LLC’s performance is not satisfactory.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRCM Advisers LLC’s and Pine River’s liability is limited under the management agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates and advisers, including Pine River, against certain liabilities. As a result, we could experience poor performance or losses for which PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River would not be liable.

Pursuant to the management agreement, PRCM Advisers LLC does not assume any responsibility other than to render the services called for thereunder and will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow its advice or recommendations. PRCM Advisers LLC and its officers, stockholders, members, managers, personnel and directors, any person controlling or controlled by PRCM Advisers LLC and any person providing sub-advisory services to PRCM Advisers LLC will not be liable to Two Harbors, any of our subsidiaries, any of our directors, stockholders or partners or any subsidiary’s stockholders, members or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with or pursuant to the management agreement, except by reason of acts constituting reckless disregard of PRCM Advisers LLC’s duties under the management agreement which has a material adverse effect on Two Harbors, willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. We have agreed to indemnify PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates and sub-advisers, including Pine River, with respect to all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims arising from acts or omissions of such indemnified parties not constituting reckless disregard of PRCM Advisers LLC’s duties under the management agreement which has a material adverse effect on Two Harbors, willful misconduct or gross negligence. As a result, if we experience poor performance or losses, PRCM Advisers LLC would not be liable.

Risks Related To Our Assets

We may not realize gains or income from our assets.

We seek to generate current income and capital appreciation for our stockholders. However, the assets that we acquire may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value, and the securities that we acquire may experience defaults of interest and/or principal payments. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains or income from our assets. Any gains that we do realize may not be sufficient to offset other losses that we experience. Any income that we realize may not be sufficient to offset our expenses.

Changes in mortgage prepayment rates may adversely affect the value of our assets.

The value of our RMBS assets is affected by prepayment rates on mortgage loans, and our investment strategy includes making investments based on our expectations regarding prepayment rates. Typically, the value of a mortgage-backed security includes market assumptions regarding the speed at which the underlying mortgages will be prepaid. Faster than expected prepayments could adversely affect our profitability, including in the following ways:

We may purchase RMBS that have a higher interest rate than the market interest rate at the time. In exchange for this higher interest rate, we may pay a premium over the par value to acquire the security. In accordance with GAAP, we may amortize this premium over the estimated term of the RMBS. If the RMBS is prepaid in whole or in part prior to its maturity date, however, we may be required to expense the premium that was prepaid at the time of the prepayment.
A substantial portion of our adjustable-rate RMBS may bear interest rates that are lower than their fully indexed rates, which are equivalent to the applicable index rate plus a margin. If an adjustable-rate RMBS is prepaid prior to or soon after the time of adjustment to a fully-indexed rate, we will have held that RMBS while it was least profitable and lost the opportunity to receive interest at the fully indexed rate over the remainder of its expected life.
If we are unable to acquire new RMBS similar to the prepaid RMBS, our financial condition, results of operation and cash flow would suffer.

Prepayment rates that are faster than anticipated may increase or decrease the value of a security, depending on the type of security and the price paid to acquire the security. Prepayment rates may be affected by a number of factors including the availability of mortgage credit, the relative economic vitality of the area in which the related properties are located, the average remaining life of the loans, the average size of the

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

remaining loans, the servicing of the mortgage loans, possible changes in tax laws, other opportunities for investment, homeowner mobility and other economic, social, geographic, demographic and legal factors. Consequently, such prepayment rates cannot be predicted with any certainty. In making investment decisions, we depend on certain assumptions based upon historical trends with respect to the relationship between interest rates and prepayments under normal market conditions. If the recent dislocations in the residential mortgage market or other developments change the way that prepayment trends have historically responded to interest rate changes, our ability to (1) assess the market value of target assets, (2) implement hedging strategies and (3) implement techniques to hedge prepayment risks would be significantly affected, which could materially adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. If we make erroneous assumptions regarding prepayment rates, we may experience significant investment losses.

A prolonged economic slowdown, a lengthy or severe recession or declining real estate values could impair our assets and harm our operations.

The risks associated with our business are more severe during periods of economic slowdown or recession, especially if these periods are accompanied by declining real estate values. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by a residential property typically is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. During an economic slowdown, unemployment rises and increasing numbers of borrowers have difficulty in making payments on their debts, including on mortgage loans. When a recession is combined with declining real estate values, as has been the case in the recession that started in 2008, defaults on mortgages may increase dramatically.

Owners of Agency RMBS are protected from the risk of default on the underlying mortgages by guarantees from Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or, in the case of the Ginnie Mae, the U.S. Government. However, we also acquire non-Agency RMBS, which are backed by residential real property but, in contrast to Agency RMBS, the principal and interest payments are not guaranteed by GSEs or the U.S. Government. Our non-Agency RMBS investments are therefore particularly sensitive to recessions and declining real estate values.

In the event of a default on a mortgage underlying a non-Agency RMBS in our portfolio, we bear the risk of loss as a result of the potential deficiency between the value of the collateral and the debt owed on the mortgage, as well as the costs and delays of foreclosure or other remedies, the costs of maintaining and ultimately selling a property after foreclosure.

Any sustained period of increased payment delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures or losses on our non-Agency RMBS could adversely affect our revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business prospects and ability to make distributions to stockholders.

We acquire RMBS collateralized by subprime mortgage loans, which are subject to increased risks.

Among other assets, we acquire RMBS backed by collateral pools of subprime mortgage loans, which are mortgage loans that have been originated using underwriting standards that are less conservative than those used in underwriting prime mortgage loans (mortgage loans that generally conform to GSE underwriting guidelines) and Alt-A mortgage loans (mortgage loans made to borrowers whose qualifying mortgage characteristics do not conform to GSE underwriting guidelines and generally allow homeowners to qualify for a mortgage loan with reduced or alternate forms of documentation). These lower standards include mortgage loans made to borrowers having imperfect or impaired credit histories, mortgage loans where the amount of the loan at origination is 80% or more of the value of the mortgage property, mortgage loans made to borrowers with low credit scores, mortgage loans made to borrowers who have other debt that represents a large portion of their income and mortgage loans made to borrowers whose income is not required to be disclosed or verified. Due to economic conditions, including increased interest rates and lower home prices, as well as aggressive lending practices, subprime mortgage loans have in recent periods experienced increased rates of delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss, and they are likely to continue to experience delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss rates that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. In acquiring these assets, we endeavor to factor the risk of losses on the underlying mortgages into the purchase price of the asset. If we underestimate those losses, however, the performance of RMBS backed by subprime mortgage loans that we acquire could be adversely affected, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our portfolio of assets may be concentrated in terms of credit risk.

Although as a general policy we seek to acquire and hold a diverse portfolio of assets, we are not required to observe specific diversification criteria, except as may be set forth in the investment guidelines adopted by our board of directors. Therefore, our asset portfolio may at times be concentrated in certain property types that are subject to higher risk of foreclosure, or secured by properties concentrated in a limited number of geographic locations. To the extent that our portfolio is concentrated in any one region or type of security, downturns relating generally to such region or type of security may result in defaults on a number of our assets within a short time period, which may reduce our net income and the value of our shares or warrants and accordingly reduce our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. The portfolio may contain other concentrations of risk, and we may fail to identify, detect or hedge against those risks, resulting in large or unexpected losses.

Our subordinated RMBS assets may be in the “first loss” position, subjecting us to greater risk of losses.

We invest in certain tranches of RMBS that are only entitled to a portion of the principal and interest payments made on mortgage loans underlying the securities issued by the trust. In general, losses on a mortgage loan included in such a trust will be borne first by the equity holder of the issuing trust, and then by the “first loss” subordinated security holder and then by the “second loss” mezzanine holder. We may acquire securities at every level of such a trust, from the equity holder to the most senior tranche. In the event of default and the exhaustion of any classes of securities junior to those which we acquire, our securities will suffer losses as well. In addition, if we overvalue the underlying mortgage portfolio, or if the values subsequently decline and, as a result, less collateral is available to satisfy interest and principal payments due on the related RMBS, the securities which we acquire may effectively become the “first loss” position behind the more senior securities, which may result in significant losses. The prices of lower credit quality securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated securities, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual issuer developments. A projection of an economic downturn could cause a decline in the price of lower credit quality securities because the ability of obligors of mortgages underlying RMBS to make principal and interest payments may be impaired. In such event, existing credit support in the securitization structure may be insufficient to protect us against loss of our principal on these securities.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect the value of our assets and cause our interest expense to increase, which could result in reduced earnings or losses and negatively affect our profitability as well as the cash available for distribution to stockholders.

Our operating results will depend in large part on the difference between the income from our assets, net of credit losses, and financing costs. We anticipate that, in many cases, the income from our assets will respond more slowly to interest rate fluctuations than the cost of our borrowings. Consequently, changes in interest rates, particularly short-term interest rates, may significantly influence our financial results.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors beyond our control. Interest rate fluctuations present a variety of risks, including the risk of a narrowing of the difference between asset yields and borrowing rates, flattening or inversion of the yield curve and fluctuating prepayment rates.

In a normal yield curve environment, fixed income assets, including many RMBS, decline in value if interest rates increase. If long-term rates increased significantly, not only will the market value of these assets be expected to decline, but the duration and weighted-average life of the assets could increase as well because borrowers are less likely to prepay mortgages. Further, an increase in short-term interest rates would increase the rate of interest payable on any repurchase agreements required to finance these securities.

We endeavor to hedge our exposure to changes in interest rates, but there can be no assurances that our hedges will be successful, or that we will be able to enter into or maintain such hedges. As a result, interest rate fluctuations can cause significant losses, reductions in income, and limitations on our cash available for distribution to stockholders.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An increase in interest rates may cause a decrease in the volume of certain of our target assets, which could adversely affect our ability to acquire target assets that satisfy our investment objectives and to generate income and pay dividends.

Rising interest rates generally reduce the demand for mortgage loans due to the higher cost of borrowing. A reduction in the volume of mortgage loans originated may affect the volume of target assets available to us, which could adversely affect our ability to acquire assets that satisfy our investment objectives. Rising interest rates may also cause our target assets that were issued prior to an interest rate increase to provide yields that are below prevailing market interest rates. If rising interest rates cause us to be unable to acquire a sufficient volume of our target assets with a yield that is above our borrowing cost, our ability to satisfy our investment objectives and to generate income and pay dividends may be materially and adversely affected.

The assets in our portfolio are recorded at fair value, however there may be substantial uncertainty as to the value of certain assets.

Some of the assets in our portfolio are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other assets that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We value these assets quarterly at fair value, as determined in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , which may include unobservable inputs. Because such valuations are subjective, the fair value of certain of our assets may fluctuate over short periods of time and our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. The value of our common stock or warrants could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of these assets are materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon their disposal.

Mortgage loan modification programs and future legislative action may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, the assets that we acquire.

The U.S. Government, through the Federal Reserve, the Federal Housing Administration and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, has commenced implementation of programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. The primary program that has been initiated is the Home Affordable Modification Program, or HAMP, which seeks to provide relief to homeowners whose mortgages are in foreclosure. Through January 2010, 116,000 mortgages had been permanently modified under HAMP, 76,000 more were near completion, over 1,000,000 homeowners had started trial modifications, and nearly 1,300,000 offers for trial modifications had been extended to homeowners. The programs may involve, among other things, the modification of mortgage loans to reduce the principal amount of the loans or the rate of interest payable on the loans, or to extend the payment terms of the loans. In addition, some members of Congress have indicated support for additional legislative relief for homeowners, including an amendment of the bankruptcy laws to permit the modification of mortgage loans in bankruptcy proceedings. Loan modifications are more likely to be used when borrowers are less able to refinance or sell their homes due to market conditions, and when the potential recovery from a foreclosure is reduced due to lower property values. Loan modifications may lead to fewer foreclosures, and reduce the losses on non-Agency RMBS arising from foreclosures, however loan modifications may also result in significant reductions in cash flows to the holders of the RMBS. We attempt to factor in the likelihood and potential consequences of loan modification programs in making our investment decisions, however we cannot assure you that our analysis will be correct. As a result, loan modification programs, as well as future legislative or regulatory actions that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, our assets.

Risks Related to Two Harbors’ Organization and Structure

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control.

Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or the MGCL, may have the effect of deterring a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares.

We are subject to the “business combination” provisions of the MGCL that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between Two Harbors and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of our then outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate of Two Harbors who, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding stock) or an affiliate thereof for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Two Harbors and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (1) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of our voting stock; and (2) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if our common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. These provisions of the MGCL do not apply to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of directors has by resolution exempted business combinations (1) between Two Harbors and any person, provided that such business combination is first approved by our board of directors (including a majority of Two Harbors’ directors who are not affiliates or associates of such person) and (2) between Two Harbors and Pine River or its affiliates. Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the super-majority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between Two Harbors and any person. As a result, any person, including Pine River, may be able to enter into business combinations with Two Harbors that may not be in the best interests of our stockholders, without compliance with the super-majority vote requirements and the other provisions of the statute.

The “control share” provisions of the MGCL provide that “control shares” of a Maryland corporation (defined as voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by Two Harbors’ stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding votes entitled to be cast by the acquirer of control shares, Two Harbors’ officers and employees who are also our directors. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. There can be no assurance that this provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.

The “unsolicited takeover” provisions of the MGCL (Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL) permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement takeover defenses, some of which (for example, a classified board) we do not currently have. These provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for Two Harbors or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Two Harbors under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price. Our charter contains a provision whereby Two Harbors has elected to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on its board of directors.

Our authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock and the ownership limitations contained in our charter may prevent a change in control.

Our charter authorizes Two Harbors to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of common or preferred stock. In addition, our board of directors may, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without stockholder approval, amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of our stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that Two Harbors has the authority to issue and classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common or preferred stock and set the terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board may establish a series of shares of common or preferred

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

stock that could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for shares of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of stockholders.

In addition, our charter contains restrictions limiting the ownership and transfer of shares of our common stock and other outstanding shares of capital stock. The relevant sections of our charter provide that, subject to certain exceptions, ownership of shares of our common stock by any person is limited to 9.8% by value or by number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of common stock (the common share ownership limit), and no more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding capital stock (the aggregate share ownership limit). The common share ownership limit and the aggregate share ownership limit are collectively referred to herein as the “ownership limits.” These charter provisions will restrict the ability of persons to purchase shares in excess of the relevant ownership limits.

Our charter contains provisions that make removal of our directors difficult, which could make it difficult for stockholders to effect changes in management.

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock, a director may be removed only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Our charter and bylaws provide that vacancies generally may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum. These requirements make it more difficult to change management by removing and replacing directors and may prevent a change in control that is in the best interests of stockholders.

Our rights and stockholders’ rights to take action against directors and officers are limited, which could limit recourse in the event of actions not in the best interests of stockholders.

As permitted by Maryland law, our charter eliminates the liability of its directors and officers to Two Harbors and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or
a final judgment based upon a finding of active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was material to the cause of action adjudicated.

In addition, pursuant to our charter we have agreed contractually to indemnify our present and former directors and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. Further, our bylaws require us to indemnify each present or former director or officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any proceeding because of his or her service to Two Harbors. As part of these indemnification obligations, we may be obligated to fund the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers.

Tax Risks

Our failure to qualify as a REIT would subject us to U.S. federal income tax and potentially increased state and local taxes, which would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to its stockholders.

We have been organized and intend to operate in a manner that will enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our taxable year ending December 31, 2009. We have not requested and do not intend to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that we qualify as a REIT. The U.S. federal income tax laws governing REITs are complex, and judicial and administrative interpretations of the U.S. federal income tax laws governing REIT qualification are limited. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet, on an ongoing basis, various tests regarding the nature of our assets and income, the ownership of our outstanding shares, and the amount of our distributions. Moreover, new legislation, court decisions or administrative guidance, in each case possibly with retroactive effect, may make it more difficult or impossible for us to qualify as a REIT. Thus, while we intend to operate so that we will qualify as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given that we will so qualify for any particular year. These considerations also might restrict the types of assets that we can acquire in the future.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, we would be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income, and distributions to our stockholders would not be deductible by us in determining our taxable income. In such a case, we might need to borrow money or sell assets in order to pay taxes. Our payment of income tax would decrease the amount of income available for distribution to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to maintain our qualification as a REIT, we no longer would be required to distribute substantially all of our net taxable income to stockholders. In addition, unless we were eligible for certain statutory relief provisions, we could not re-elect to qualify as a REIT until the fifth calendar year following the year in which we failed to qualify.

Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive investment opportunities or financing or hedging strategies.

To qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy various tests regarding the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to stockholders and the ownership of our stock. To meet these tests, we may be required to forego investments we might otherwise make. We may be required to make distributions to stockholders at disadvantageous times or when we do not have funds readily available for distribution, and may be unable to pursue investments that would be otherwise advantageous to us in order to satisfy the source of income or asset diversification requirements for qualifying as a REIT. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our investment performance.

Complying with REIT requirements may force us to liquidate otherwise profitable assets.

To qualify as a REIT, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and designated real estate assets, including certain mortgage loans and shares in other REITs. Subject to certain exceptions, our ownership of securities, other than government securities and securities that constitute real estate assets, generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our assets, other than government securities and securities that constitute real estate assets, can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total securities can be represented by securities of one or more TRS’s. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter after the first calendar quarter for which we qualify as a REIT, we must generally correct such failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter to avoid losing our REIT qualification. As a result, we may be required to liquidate otherwise profitable assets prematurely, which could reduce our return on assets, which could adversely affect returns to stockholders.

Potential characterization of distributions or gain on sale may be treated as unrelated business taxable income to tax exempt investors.

If (i) all or a portion of our assets are subject to the rules relating to taxable mortgage pools, (ii) we are a “pension held REIT,” (iii) a tax exempt stockholder has incurred debt to purchase or hold our common stock, or (iv) we purchase residual REMIC interests that generate “excess inclusion income,” then a portion of the distributions to and, in the case of a stockholder described in clause (iii), gains realized on the sale of common stock by such tax exempt stockholder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax as unrelated business taxable income under the Code.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively.

The REIT provisions of the Code may limit our ability to hedge our assets and operations. Under these provisions, on an annual basis we must derive 75% of our gross income from real estate assets, and 95% of our income from real estate assets and certain other qualifying income sources, in order to maintain our REIT status. Any income that we generate from transactions intended to hedge our interest rate and currency risks will generally be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests if the instrument hedges interest rate risk or foreign currency exposure on liabilities used to carry or acquire real estate or income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income tests, and such instrument is properly identified under applicable Treasury regulations. In addition, any income from other hedges would generally constitute non-qualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

tests. As a result of these rules, we may have to limit our use of hedging techniques that might otherwise be advantageous, which could result in greater risks associated with interest rate or other changes than we would otherwise incur.

The failure of a loan subject to a repurchase agreement to qualify as a real estate asset would adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT.

We may enter into repurchase agreements under which we will nominally sell certain of our loan assets to a counterparty and simultaneously enter into an agreement to repurchase the sold assets. We believe that we will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the owner of the loan assets that are the subject of any such agreement notwithstanding that such agreements may transfer record ownership of the assets to the counterparty during the term of the agreement. It is possible, however, that the IRS could assert that we did not own the loan assets during the term of the repurchase agreement, in which case we could fail to qualify as a REIT.

REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and may require us to incur debt, sell assets or take other actions to make such distributions.

In order to qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to stockholders, each calendar year, at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (including certain items of non-cash income), determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding net capital gain. To the extent that we satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed income. In addition, we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the amount, if any, by which our distributions in any calendar year are less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal income tax law.

We intend to distribute our net income to stockholders in a manner intended to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid both corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax. Our taxable income may substantially exceed our net income as determined by GAAP or differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash may occur in which case we may have taxable income in excess of cash flow from our operating activities. In such event, we may generate less cash flow than taxable income in a particular year and find it difficult or impossible to meet the REIT distribution requirements in certain circumstances. In such circumstances, in order to satisfy the distribution requirement and to avoid U.S. federal corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax in that year, we may be required to: (i) sell assets in adverse market conditions, (ii) borrow on unfavorable terms, (iii) distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt or (iv) make a taxable distribution of our shares as part of a distribution in which stockholders may elect to receive shares or (subject to a limit measured as a percentage of the total distribution) cash, in order to comply with the REIT distribution requirements. Thus, compliance with the REIT distribution requirements may require us to take actions that may not otherwise be advisable given existing market conditions and hinder our ability to grow, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock or warrants.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may be required to pay certain taxes.

Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, franchise, property and transfer taxes, including mortgage recording taxes. In addition, we will hold some of our assets through taxable subsidiary corporations, including Capitol and other TRS’s. Capitol and any other TRS’s or other taxable corporations in which we own an interest will be subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate taxes. Payment of these taxes generally would reduce our cash flow and the amount available to distribute to stockholders.

Our ability to invest in and dispose of “to be announced” securities could be limited by our REIT qualification, and we could fail to qualify as a REIT as a result of these investments.

We may purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs, or dollar roll transactions. In certain instances, rather than take delivery of the Agency RMBS subject to a TBA, we may dispose of the TBA through a dollar roll

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transaction in which we agree to purchase similar securities in the future at a predetermined price or otherwise, which may result in the recognition of income or gains. We will account for dollar roll transactions as purchases and sales. The law is unclear regarding whether TBAs will be qualifying assets for the 75% asset test and whether income and gains from dispositions of TBAs will be qualifying income for the 75% gross income test.

Unless we are advised by counsel that TBAs should be treated as qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, we will limit our investment in TBAs and any other non-qualifying assets to no more than 25% of our total assets at the end of any calendar quarter. Furthermore, until we are advised by counsel that income and gains from the disposition of TBAs should be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, we will limit our gains from dispositions of TBAs and any other non-qualifying income to no more than 25% of our total gross income for each calendar year. Accordingly, our ability to purchase Agency RMBS through TBAs and to dispose of TBAs, through dollar roll transactions or otherwise, could be limited.

Moreover, even if we are advised by counsel that TBAs should be treated as qualifying assets or that income and gains from dispositions of TBAs should be treated as qualifying income, it is possible that the IRS could successfully take the position that such assets are not qualifying assets and such income is not qualifying income. In that event, we could be subject to a penalty tax or could fail to qualify as a REIT if (i) the value of our TBAs, together with our non-qualifying assets for the 75% asset test, exceeded 25% of our gross assets at the end of any calendar quarter, or (ii) our income and gains from the disposition of TBAs, together with our non-qualifying income for the 75% gross income test, exceeded 25% of our gross income for any taxable year.

Although our use of TRS’s may be able to partially mitigate the impact of meeting the requirements for qualification as a REIT, our ownership of and relationship with our TRS’s is limited and a failure to comply with the limits would jeopardize our REIT qualification and may result in the application of a 100% excise tax.

A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRS’s. Other than certain activities relating to lodging and healthcare facilities, a TRS generally may engage in any business and may hold assets and earn income that would not be qualifying assets or income if held or earned directly by a REIT. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRS’s. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The rules also impose a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

Capitol and other TRS’s that we may form will pay U.S. federal, state and local income tax on their taxable income, and their after-tax net income will be available for distribution to Two Harbors but are not required to be distributed to Two Harbors. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the securities of our TRS’s will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets (including our TRS securities). Furthermore, we intend to monitor the value of our respective investments in our TRS’s for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership limitations. In addition, we will review all of our transactions with TRS’s to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s-length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.

We may be required to report taxable income with respect to certain of our investments in excess of the economic income we ultimately realize from them.

We may acquire interests in debt instruments in the secondary market for less than their face amount. The discount at which such interests in debt instruments are acquired may reflect doubts about their ultimate collectability rather than current market interest rates. The amount of such discount will nevertheless generally be treated as “market discount” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Market discount on a debt instrument accrues based generally on the assumption that all future payments on the debt instrument will be made. Accrued market discount is reported as income when, and to the extent that, any payment of principal of the debt instrument is made. In the case of residential mortgage loans, principal payments are ordinarily made

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

monthly, and consequently, accrued market discount may have to be included in income each month as if the debt instrument were assured of ultimately being collected in full. If we collect less on a debt instrument than its purchase price plus the market discount we had previously reported as income, we may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deduction in a subsequent taxable year.

Similarly, some of the mortgage-backed securities that we purchase will likely have been issued with original issue discount, or OID. We will be required to report such OID based on a constant yield method and income will accrue based on the assumption that all future projected payments due on such mortgage-backed securities will be made. If such mortgage-backed securities turn out not to be fully collectible, an offsetting loss deduction will become available only in the later year in which uncollectability is provable.

Finally, in the event that any debt instruments or mortgage-backed securities acquired by us are delinquent as to mandatory principal and interest payments, or in the event a borrower with respect to a particular debt instrument acquired by us encounters financial difficulty rendering it unable to pay stated interest as due, we may nonetheless be required to continue to recognize the unpaid interest as taxable income as it accrues, despite doubt as to its ultimate collectability. Similarly, we may be required to accrue interest income with respect to subordinate mortgage-backed securities at their stated rate regardless of whether corresponding cash payments are received or are ultimately collectible. In each case, while we would in general ultimately have an offsetting loss deduction available to us when such interest was determined to be uncollectible; the utility of that deduction would depend on our having taxable income in that later year or thereafter.

Dividends payable by REITs generally do not qualify for the reduced tax rates on dividend income from regular corporations, which could adversely affect the value of our shares or warrants.

Legislation enacted in 2003 generally reduces the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate for dividends payable to domestic stockholders that are individuals, trusts and estates to 15% through 2010. Dividends payable by REITs, however, are generally not eligible for the reduced rates. Although the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to dividend income from regular corporate dividends does not adversely affect the taxation of REITs or dividends paid by REITs, the more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including Two Harbors’ shares. Also, to the extent that tax rates change after 2010, the attractiveness of an investment in our shares may decrease, which could adversely affect the value of our securities.

We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could reduce the market price of our shares or warrants.

At any time, the U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws or regulations may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot predict if or when any new U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective or whether any such law, regulation or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders or warrantholders could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock may depress the market price of our common stock or warrants or have adverse consequences for our stockholders or warrantholders.

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 450,000,000 shares of common stock. As of the date of this filing, 13,379,209 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding and 33,249,000 warrants to purchase up to 33,249,000 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding. Our 2009 equity incentive plan provides for grants of restricted common stock and other equity-based awards, subject to a ceiling of 200,000 shares available for issuance under the plan. In connection with the closing of the merger with Capitol, we granted 22,159 shares of restricted common stock to our independent directors pursuant to the 2009 equity incentive plan.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances or sales of our common stock on the market price of our common stock or warrants. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock or the perception that such sales could occur may adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or warrants.

Also, we may issue additional shares in subsequent public offerings or private placements to acquire new assets or for other purposes. We are not required to offer any such shares to existing stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, it may not be possible for existing stockholders to participate in such future share issuances, which may dilute the existing stockholders’ interests.

We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and we cannot assure you of our ability to pay distributions in the future.

We intend to pay quarterly distributions and to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount such that we distribute all or substantially all of our REIT taxable income in each year, subject to certain adjustments. We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and our ability to pay distributions may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including the risk factors described herein. All distributions will be made, subject to Maryland law, at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, any debt covenants, maintenance of our REIT qualification and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions.

Our warrants may be exercised in the future, which would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market.

Outstanding redeemable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 26,249,000 shares of our common stock (issued in connection with the conversion, pursuant to the merger, of the Capitol warrants issued in Capitol’s initial public offering) and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 shares of common stock (issued in connection with the conversion, pursuant to the merger, of the warrants sold to Capitol’s officers, directors and stockholders prior to Capitol’s initial public offering simultaneously with the consummation of such initial public offering) are currently exercisable at an exercise price of $11.00 per share. The warrant exercise price may be lowered under certain circumstances, including, among others, in our sole discretion at any time prior to the expiration date of the warrants for a period of not less than ten business days; provided, however, that any such reduction shall be identical in percentage terms among all of the warrants. These warrants likely will be exercised if the market price of the shares of our common stock equals or exceeds the warrant exercise price. Therefore, as long as warrants remain outstanding, there will be a drag on any increase in the price of our common stock in excess of the warrant exercise price. To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of our common stock will be issued, which would dilute the ownership of existing stockholders. Further, if these warrants are exercised at any time in the future at a price lower than the book value per share of our common stock, existing stockholders could suffer substantial dilution of their investment, which dilution could increase in the event the warrant exercise price is lowered. Additionally, if we were to lower the exercise price in the near future, the likelihood of this dilution could be accelerated.

Our stock or warrant price could fluctuate and could cause you to lose a significant part of your investment.

The market price of our securities may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above and the following:

changes in financial estimates by analysts;
fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;
general economic conditions;
changes in market valuations of similar companies;
regulatory developments in the United States; and
additions or departures of key personnel at Pine River.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Resulting fluctuations in our stock or warrant price could cause you to lose a significant part of your investment.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None

Item 2. Properties

We do not own any real property. Our executive and administrative office is located at 601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330, Minnetonka, Minnesota 55305, telephone (612) 238-3300. We also utilize an office at 590 Madison Avenue, Suite 3703, New York, NY 10021, which primarily supports our investment operations. We share these office spaces with Pine River in accordance with the shared facilities and services agreement between PRCM Advisers LLC and Pine River.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this filing, we are not party to any litigation or legal proceedings, or to the best of our knowledge, any threatened litigation or legal proceedings, which, in our opinion, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Item 4. Reserved

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Prior to the consummation of the merger with Capitol on October 28, 2009, there had been no public trading market for our common stock or warrants. Following the completion of the merger, our common stock and warrants have been listed on the NYSE Amex under the symbols “TWO” and “TWO.WS,” respectively. As of December 31, 2009, and as of the date of this filing, 13,379,209 shares of common stock and 33,249,000 warrants were issued and outstanding.

The following table shows the high and low sales prices per the New York Exchange composite tape for our common stock and warrants on the NYSE Amex during the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2009:

       
Quarter Ended   Common Stock   Warrants
     High   Low   High   Low
December 31, 2009   $ 10.10     $ 8.70     $ 0.75     $ 0.40  

Holders

As of February 26, 2010, we had 1 registered holder and approximately 594 beneficial owners of our common stock, and we had 14 registered holders and approximately 320 beneficial owners of our warrants. Such information was obtained through our registrar and transfer agent, based on the results of a broker search.

Dividends

On December 21, 2009, we declared a quarterly dividend of $0.26 per share of common stock for the fourth quarter of 2009, our first dividend since becoming an operating company on October 28, 2009.

All dividend distributions are made with the authorization of the board of directors at its discretion and will depend on such items as our REIT taxable earnings, financial condition, maintenance of REIT status, and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. The holders of our common stock share proportionally on a per share basis in all declared dividends on common stock. We intend to pay quarterly dividends and intend to distribute to our stockholders as dividends at least 90% of our REIT taxable income.

We have not established a minimum payout level for our common stock. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations”, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for information regarding the sources of funds used for dividends and for a discussion of factors, if any, which may adversely affect our ability to pay dividends at the same level in 2010 and thereafter.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

We have adopted an equity incentive plan in 2009 to provide incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, advisors, consultants and other personnel, including PRCM Advisers LLC and affiliates and personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates, and any joint venture affiliates of ours. The 2009 equity incentive plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The 2009 equity incentive plan permits the granting of restricted shares of common stock, phantom shares, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based awards. For a detailed description of the 2009 equity incentive plan, see Note 11 —  Equity Incentive Plan of the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

On October 28, 2009, we granted 22,159 shares of restricted common stock to our independent directors pursuant to our 2009 equity incentive plan. The estimated fair value of these awards was $9.59 per share, based on the closing price of Capitol’s common stock on the NYSE Amex on such date. The grants will vest in three annual installments commencing on the date of the grant, as long as such director is serving as a board member on the vesting date. Such grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents certain information about our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2009:

     
Plan Category   Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding equity based share awards   Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding equity based share awards   Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in the first column of this table)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders     22,159     $ 9.59       177,841  
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders                  
Total     22,159     $ 9.59       177,841  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following table includes information about repurchases of the common stock of Capitol in connection with the closing of the merger agreement with Capitol:

       
Period   Total number of shares purchased   Average price paid per share   Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs   Maximum number (or approximate dollar value) of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs
Month #1
(Fiscal month beginning October 1, 2009 and ending October 31, 2009)
    5,994,661     $ 9.87              
Month #2
(Fiscal month beginning November 1, 2009 and ending November 30, 2009)
                       
Month #3
(Fiscal month beginning December 1, 2009 and ending December 31, 2009)
                       

In addition to the foregoing, on October 28, 2009, in connection with the merger transaction with Capitol, (a) 6,875,130 shares of Capitol common stock were converted to cash pursuant to the merger agreement for a total cash payment of $67,857,533, and (b) 6,562,257 shares of Capitol common stock owned by Capitol’s founders were cancelled. We did not have any publicly announced repurchase program for shares of our common stock during the periods noted and did not repurchase any shares of our common stock.

The following graph compares the shareholder’s cumulative total return, assuming $100 invested at October 28, 2009 (the date of our merger), with all reinvestment of dividends, as if such amounts had been invested in: (i) our common stock; (ii) the stocks included in the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”); (iii) the stocks included in the NAREIT Mortgage REIT Index; and an index of selected issuers in our Two Harbors REIT Peer group, composed of American Capital Agency Corp., Annaly Capital Management, Inc., Annworth Mortgage Asset Corporation, Capstead Mortgage Corporation, Chimera Investment Corporation, Cypress Sharpridge Investments, Inc., Hatteras Financial Corp., Invesco Mortgage Capital Inc., MFA Mortgage Investments, Inc., PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, and Redwood Trust, Inc.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among Two Harbors Investment Corp., S&P 500, NAREIT Mortgage
REIT Index and Two Harbors REIT Peer Group

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Our selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain amounts for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation.

     
 
 
 
 
At or for the
Years Ended December 31,
  At or for the
Period from
June 26, 2007
(inception)
through
December 31,
2007 (1)
     2009 (1)   2008 (1)
Operating Data:
                          
Interest income   $ 2,866,053     $ 4,442,222     $ 1,474,220  
Interest expense     131,510              
Net interest income     2,734,543       4,442,222       1,474,220  
Other income:
                          
Gain on sale of investment securities, net     335,966              
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements     363,666              
Total other income     699,632              
Expenses:
                          
Management fees     325,654              
Operating expenses:
                          
Costs associated with business combination     9,572,218              
Costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company     1,346,747       1,059,606       140,999  
Other operating expenses     1,252,378              
Total expenses     12,496,997       1,059,606       140,999  
Net (loss) income before income taxes     (9,062,822 )       3,382,616       1,333,221  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     318,291       (1,088,083 )       (618,648 )  
Net (loss) income   $ (8,744,531 )     $ 2,294,533     $ 714,573  
Accretion of Trust Account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion     (92,872 )       (235,706 )        
Net (loss) income attributable to other common stockholders   $ (8,837,403 )     $ 2,058,827     $ 714,573  
Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.39 )     $ 0.08     $ 0.06  
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.26     $     $  
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     22,941,728       24,936,558       11,602,789  
Balance Sheet Data:
                          
Available-for-sale securities   $ 494,464,867     $     $  
Total assets     538,365,409       262,095,130       260,303,897  
Repurchase agreements     411,892,510              
Total stockholders’ equity     121,720,767       184,161,891       182,103,064  

(1) Capitol, the accounting acquirer in the merger completed on October 28, 2009 was formed on June 26, 2007 as a development stage company. As such, our results of operations are presented for only the periods set forth above. Comparability of the financial data is affected by the merger with Capitol.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of this Form 10-K.

General

We are a recently formed REIT that focuses on investing in, financing and managing RMBS.

Our objective is to provide attractive risk-adjusted returns to our investors over the long term, primarily through dividends and secondarily through capital appreciation. We intend to acquire and manage a portfolio of mortgage-backed securities, focusing on security selection and the relative value of various sectors within the mortgage market. We seek to invest in the following asset classes:

Agency RMBS.
Non-Agency RMBS.
Financial assets other than RMBS, comprising approximately 5% to 10% of the portfolio.

We are externally managed and advised by PRCM Advisers LLC, a subsidiary of Pine River. We expect to deploy moderate leverage as part of our investment strategy, through, with respect to Agency RMBS, short-term borrowings structured as repurchase agreements, and with respect to non-Agency RMBS, through both repurchase agreements and other available private funding sources.

We are a Maryland corporation that commenced operations upon completion of the merger transaction with Capitol on October 28, 2009. We intend to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with our taxable period ended December 31, 2009. We generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on our taxable income to the extent that we annually distribute all of our net taxable income to stockholders and maintain our intended qualification as a REIT. We also intend to operate our business in a manner that will permit us to maintain our exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.

Overview

Our 2009 efforts were focused on three strategic objectives that we believe position us for long term success.

Deploying capital efficiently .  After completion of the merger transaction, our objective was to deploy capital rapidly but prudently, focusing on assets with attractive risk-adjusted returns. We believe we have accomplished this goal: our capital was substantially fully invested as of December 2009.
Managing a portfolio to generate attractive returns with balanced risks .  Our portfolio approach manages to a low level of interest rate and mortgage spread duration and focuses on positive prepayment upside. Through a diversified portfolio of Agency and non-Agency RMBS in combination with derivative hedging instruments, we believe this balanced risk within our portfolio is critical to providing an attractive return to our shareholders.
Establishing systems and controls .  We have focused on building effective systems and controls in the areas of operations, accounting, information technology and investor relations. In 2009, we worked to build automated systems and Sarbanes-Oxley compliant processes. We have accomplished the essential aspects of this goal, although work continues in these areas. We have included in Item 9A of this Form 10-K management’s report on internal controls over financial reporting.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Factors Affecting our Operating Results

Our net interest income will include income from our RMBS portfolio and will reflect the amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of purchase discounts. Net interest income will fluctuate primarily as a result of changes in market interest rates, our financing costs, and prepayment speeds on our assets. Interest rates, financing costs and prepayment rates vary according to the type of investment, conditions in the financial markets, competition and other factors, none of which can be predicted with any certainty. Our operating results will also be affected by default rates and credit losses with respect to the mortgage loans underlying our non-Agency RMBS.

Fair Value Measurement

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes three levels of input to be used when measuring fair value:

Level 1 Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the measurement date. Additionally, the entity must have the ability to access the active market and the quoted prices cannot be adjusted by the entity.
Level 2 Inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in inactive markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means for substantially the full-term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity. The unobservable inputs represent management’s best assumptions of how market participants would price the assets and liabilities. Generally, Level 3 assets and liabilities are valued using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques that require significant judgment or estimation.

We follow the fair value hierarchy set forth above in order to prioritize the data utilized to measure fair value. We strive to obtain quoted market prices in active markets (Level 1 inputs). If Level 1 inputs are not available, we will attempt to obtain Level 2 inputs, observable market prices in inactive markets or derive the fair value measurement using observable market prices for similar assets or liabilities. When neither Level 1 nor Level 2 inputs are available, we use Level 3 inputs and independent pricing service models to estimate fair value measurements. At December 31, 2009, approximately 91.9% of total assets, or $494.8 million, consisted of financial instruments recorded at fair value. Approximately 0.4% of total assets, or $2.1 million of the assets reported at fair value were valued using Level 3 inputs. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for descriptions of valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models and significant assumptions utilized.

A significant portion of our assets and liabilities are at fair value and therefore our consolidated balance sheet and income statement are significantly affected by fluctuations in market prices. Although we execute various hedging strategies to mitigate our exposure to changes in fair value, we cannot fully eliminate our exposure to volatility caused by fluctuations in market prices. Starting in 2007, markets for asset-backed securities, including RMBS, have experienced severe dislocations. While these market disruptions continue, our assets and liabilities will be subject to valuation adjustment as well as changes in the inputs we use to measure fair value.

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, our interest rate swap agreement accounted as a trading instrument favorably impacted our financial results. The derivative change in fair value was a result of increased LIBOR and corresponding counterparty borrowing rates at the end of the fiscal year. Any temporary change in the fair value of our available-for-sale real estate securities is recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and does not impact our earnings.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have numerous internal controls in place to help ensure the appropriateness of fair value measurements. Significant fair value measures are subject to detailed analytics, management review and approval. Our entire asset portfolio is priced by third-party brokers at the “bid side” of the market, and/or by independent pricing providers. We strive to obtain multiple market data points for each valuation. By utilizing “bid side” pricing, certain assets, especially the most recent purchases, may realize a markdown due to the “bid-offer” spread. To the extent that this occurs, any economic effect of this would be reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. Further, we back test the fair value measurements provided by the pricing providers against actual performance. We also monitor the market for recent trades, market surveys, or other market information that may be used to benchmark pricing provider inputs.

Considerable judgment is used in forming conclusions and estimating inputs to our Level 3 fair value measurements. Level 3 inputs such as interest rate movements, prepayments speeds, credit losses and discount rates are inherently difficult to estimate. Changes to these inputs can have a significant affect on fair value measurements. Accordingly, our estimates of fair value are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized on the ultimate sale or exchange.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make certain judgments and assumptions, based on information available at the time of our preparation of the financial statements, in determining accounting estimates used in preparation of the statements. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, included under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Accounting estimates are considered critical if the estimate requires us to make assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time the accounting estimate was made and if different estimates reasonably could have been used in the reporting period or changes in the accounting estimate are reasonably likely to occur from period to period that would have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Classification of Investment Securities and Valuations of Financial Instruments

Our RMBS investments consist primarily of Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS that we classify as available-for-sale. Our RMBS classified as available-for-sale are carried at their fair value, with changes in fair value recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), a component of stockholders’ equity, rather than through earnings. We do not intend to hold any of our investment securities for trading purposes; however, if our securities were classified as trading securities, there could be substantially greater volatility in our earnings, as changes in the fair value of securities classified as trading are recorded through earnings.

When the estimated fair value of an available-for-sale security is less than amortized cost, we consider whether there is an other-than-temporary impairment in the value of the security is required to be recognized in the statement of operations. The determination of whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired involves judgments and assumptions based on subjective and objective factors. Consideration is given to whether we (1) have the intent to sell the investment securities, (2) are more likely than not to be required to sell the investment securities before recovery, or (3) do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the investment securities. Investments with unrealized losses are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired if we have the ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time, to maturity if necessary, sufficient for a forecasted market price recovery up to or beyond the amortized cost basis of the investments. If an impairment is determined to be solely driven by the inability to fully recover the entire amortized cost basis over the remaining life of the security, the security is further analyzed for credit loss (the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis). The credit loss, if any, is then recognized in the statement of operations, while the balance of impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The methods used by us to estimate fair value may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while we believe that our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

methodologies, or assumptions, to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. We use inputs that are current as of the measurement date, which in periods of market dislocation, may have reduced price transparency.

Interest Income Recognition

Our interest income on our Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS is accrued based on the actual coupon rate and the outstanding principal balance of such securities. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income over the lives of the securities using the effective yield method, as adjusted for actual prepayments.

Our interest income on our non-Agency RMBS securities rated below AA, including unrated securities, is recognized in accordance with estimated cash flows. Cash flows from a security are estimated applying assumptions used to determine the fair value of such security and the excess of the future cash flows over the investment are recognized as interest income under the effective yield method. We review and, if appropriate, make adjustments to our cash flow projections at least quarterly and monitor these projections based on input and analysis received from external sources, internal models, and our judgment about interest rates, prepayment rates, the timing and amount of credit losses, and other factors. Changes in cash flows from those originally projected, or from those estimated at the last evaluation, may result in a prospective change in interest income recognized on, or the carrying value of, such securities.

For non-Agency securities purchased at a discount, we account for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from our initial investment in debt securities acquired if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. We limit the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) to the excess of an estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows (cash flows expected at acquisition to be collected) over the initial investment. The excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference or designated credit reserve) is not recognized as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual, or valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected is recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield over the remaining life of the security. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an impairment.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

We apply the provisions of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , which requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheets and to measure those instruments at fair value. The fair value adjustments of our current derivative instruments affect net income as the hedge for accounting purposes is being treated as an economic, or trading, hedge and not as a qualifying hedging instrument.

Derivatives are used for hedging purposes rather than speculation. We rely on internal models corroborated by quotations from a third party to determine these fair values. If our hedging activities do not achieve their desired results, our reported earnings may be adversely affected.

Income Taxes

Our financial results are generally not expected to reflect provisions for current or deferred income taxes, except for those taxable benefits or provisions recognized by our taxable REIT subsidiary. We plan to operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify for taxation as a REIT. As a result of our expected REIT qualification, we do not generally expect to pay U.S. federal corporate level taxes. Many of the REIT requirements, however, are highly technical and complex. If we were to fail to meet the REIT requirements, we would be subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes.

Market Conditions and Outlook

The 2009 calendar year experienced numerous regulatory developments in an effort to stabilize economic conditions and increase liquidity in the financial markets. These actions were in response to the significant adverse changes in the financial markets beginning in 2007 and continuing into 2010, which included housing market contractions, credit concerns and a reduction in the source of available liquidity in the capital markets. Certain of these regulatory actions have on-going impact on the valuations and expected returns of our RMBS portfolio. These regulatory developments include:

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In December 2009, the US Treasury announced an amendment to the GSE Preferred Stock Purchase Program. This amendment primarily addresses the allowable portfolio sizes of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and requirements for shrinking their asset size. The US Treasury announced that it would provide unlimited capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into 2012 to ensure their solvency and viability, but the long-term prospects of these entities is unclear. To the extent that the role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as investors in Agency RMBS diminishes over time, it could affect the value of all RMBS, negatively impacting the value of the assets held in our portfolio, increasing the realized yields on Agency RMBS, or both.
In an attempt to lower mortgage rates and enable borrowers to refinance and lower mortgage payments, in November 2008 the Federal Reserve initiated an Agency RMBS purchase program, which now provides for purchases of up to $1.25 trillion. The program is scheduled to be completed by March 31, 2010. If the Federal Reserve does not extend its purchase program past March 31, 2010, it is possible that opportunities in Agency RMBS may become more attractive. However, we are unable to predict whether or when the US Treasury or the Federal Reserve will make further interventions in the Agency RMBS markets, or what impact, if any, such actions could have on the RMBS markets, the securities we hold, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In March 2009, the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve announced the creation of the Public-Private Investment Program, or PPIP. This program involves the government investing alongside and providing financing for the purchases of non-Agency RMBS and commercial mortgage backed securities by certain newly-formed investment partnerships. In July 2009, the Treasury announced that it will invest up to $30 billion in equity and debt issued by public and private investment funds, or PPIFs, and announced that it had selected nine asset managers to manage these PPIFs. So far the PPIP program has not had a significant impact on the RMBS markets, but the PPIFs can be expected to increase the competition for senior RMBS assets, which could cause prices of these assets to rise. Higher prices may result in lower effective yields on assets that we may consider for purchase and also potentially higher values for our existing Senior RMBS portfolio.
The U.S. Government has encouraged programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures, including the Home Affordable Mortgage Modification Program, or HAMP, among other programs. These homeowner assistance programs may involve the modification of mortgage loans to reduce the principal amount of the loans (through forbearance and/or forgiveness) or the rate of interest payable on the loans, or may extend the payment terms of the loans. They may also allow for streamlined financing, thus increasing prepayments, or for a delay in foreclosures, thus potentially altering the timing and amount of cash flows to certain securities. In general, these homeowner assistance programs, as well as future legislative or regulatory actions, may affect the value of, and the returns on, our RMBS portfolio. To the extent that these programs are successful and fewer borrowers default on their mortgage obligations, the actual default rates realized on our non-Agency RMBS may be less than the default assumptions made by us at the purchase of such non-Agency RMBS. This could cause the realized yields on our non-Agency RMBS portfolio to be higher than expected at time of purchase. Conversely, if these programs lead to forced reductions in principal, all affected RMBS could decrease in value.
On February 10, 2010, Fannie Mae announced its intent to increase significantly its purchases of delinquent loans from its single-family RMBS trusts. Under its single-family RMBS trust documents, Fannie Mae has the option to purchase, from its RMBS trusts, loans that are delinquent four or more consecutive monthly payments. Additionally, on the same day, Freddie Mac announced that it will purchase substantially all mortgage loans delinquent 120 days or more from its related fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage Participation Certificate securities. We expect a negligible impact on our portfolios as a result of these announcements.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe our blended Agency and non-Agency strategies, and our trading expertise, will allow us to navigate the dynamic characteristics of the RMBS environment while these and any future regulatory efforts take shape. Having a diversified portfolio allows us to balance risks, most specifically the volatility and impacts generated by uncertainty in interest rates, changes in prepayments, increases in homeowner defaults and home price depreciation, which may result in either a reduced or increased cost of funds.

Risk-adjusted returns in our Agency RMBS portfolio will decline if we are required to pay higher purchase premiums due to lower interest rates or additional liquidity in the market (including liquidity from the Federal Reserve’s purchases of Agency RMBS). Returns are also affected by the possibility of rising interest rates. We expect that the majority of our assets will remain in whole-pool Agency RMBS, due to the long-term attractiveness of the asset class and the need to preserve our exemption under the 1940 Act. Interest-only Agency securities also provide a complementary investment and risk-management solution to our principal and interest Agency bond investments.

The substantial fear in the non-Agency RMBS market and lack of liquidity which drove price declines in late 2008 and 2009 created an investment opportunity which has attracted a substantial amount of new capital to the sector. This new pool of capital and other potential factors, such as the future availability of leverage from the government’s PPIP, contributed to the upward movement in RMBS prices during the last half of 2009, which generally has reduced the potential returns for non-Agency RMBS bonds. However, consistent with our Agency portfolio strategy, we believe the marketplace continues to offer targeted opportunities as the markets contract and expand with the development of various government programs.

The following table provides the carrying value of our portfolio by product type:

   
  As of December 31, 2009
Agency Bonds
                 
Fixed Rate Bonds   $ 112,378,746       22.7 %  
Hybrid ARMs     305,441,270       61.8 %  
Total Agency     417,820,016       84.5 %  
Non-Agency Bonds
                 
Senior Bonds     54,091,629       10.9 %  
Mezzanine Bonds     22,553,222       4.6 %  
Total Non-Agency     76,644,851       15.5 %  
Total   $ 494,464,867        

Prepayment speeds and volatility due to interest rates

The initiation of HAMP-related buyouts has led many analysts to expect a significant increase in prepayments speeds, however we take a contrarian view. We do not expect housing prices to fully stabilize in 2010 and this, combined with stagnant unemployment rates, housing inventory increases and the potential end of government support, leads us to expect that there will not be a significant increase in prepayment speeds in 2010. Nonetheless, we believe our portfolio approach is well positioned to respond to a variety of market scenarios.

Although we are unable to predict the movement in interest rates in 2010 and beyond, our blended Agency and non-Agency portfolio strategy is intended to generate attractive yields with a low level of sensitivity to yield curve, prepayments and interest rate cycles. Our portfolio has a mixture of fixed and hybrid/adjustable rate terms, which we use to manage interest rate risk.

Our Agency bond portfolio is subject to inherent prepayment risk: generally, a decline in interest rates that lead to rising prepayment speeds will cause the market value of our interest-only securities to deteriorate, but will cause the market value of our fixed coupon Agency pools to increase. The inverse relationship occurs when interest rates increase and prepayments slow. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we executed on a targeted bond purchase strategy to reduce this prepayment or interest rate risk, which included bonds with explicit prepayment protection and seasoned bonds reflecting less prepayment risk due to previously experienced high levels of refinancing.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides the carrying value of our agency bond portfolio by vintage and prepayment protection:

     
  As of December 31, 2009
     Fixed Rate   Hybrid ARMs   Total Agency RMBS
Pre-pay lock-out or penalty-based   $ 64,004,507     $ 47,682,269     $ 111,686,776  
Pre-2002 vintages     31,343,558       32,766,139       64,109,697  
2002 – 2005 vintages     12,330,482       157,289,831       169,620,313  
2006 and subsequent vintages     4,700,199       67,703,031       72,403,230  
Total   $ 112,378,746     $ 305,441,270     $ 417,820,016  

We are offsetting a portion of the Agency exposure to prepayment speeds through our non-Agency portfolio. Our non-Agency bond yields are expected to increase if prepayment rates on such assets exceed our prepayment assumptions. To the extent that prepayment speeds increase due to macroeconomic factors, we expect to benefit from the ability to recognize the income from the heavily discounted bond prices that principally arose from credit or payment default expectations.

The following table provides discount information on our non-Agency bond portfolio:

     
  As of December 31, 2009
     Senior   Mezzanine   Total
Face Value   $ 110,687,783     $ 55,892,526     $ 166,580,309  
Unamortized discount
                          
Designated credit reserve     (22,709,996 )       (27,476,627 )       (50,186,623 )  
Unamortized net discount     (34,420,207 )       (6,629,531 )       (41,049,738 )  
Amortized Cost   $ 53,557,580     $ 21,786,368     $ 75,343,948  

Credit losses

Although our Agency portfolio is supported by U.S. Government agency and federally chartered corporation guarantees of payment of principal and interest, we are exposed to credit risk in our non-Agency RMBS portfolio. However, the credit support built into RMBS deal structures is designed to provide a level of protection from potential credit losses. In addition, the discounted purchase prices paid on our non-Agency RMBS assets provide additional insulation from credit losses in the event we receive less than 100% of par on such assets. We evaluate credit risk on our non-Agency investments through a comprehensive selection process, which is predominantly focused on quantifying and pricing credit risk. We review our non-Agency RMBS based on quantitative and qualitative analysis of the risk-adjusted returns on such investments. We evaluate each investment’s credit risk through our initial modeling and scenario analysis and through on-going asset surveillance. At purchase, we estimate the portion of the discount we do not expect to recover and factor that into our expected yield and accretion methodology. Nevertheless, unanticipated credit losses could occur, adversely impacting our operating results.

Counterparty exposure and leverage ratio

We monitor counterparty exposure in our broker, banking and lending counterparties on a daily basis. Our broker and banking counterparties represent several well capitalized organizations and we attempt to manage our cash balances across these organizations to reduce our exposure to a single counterparty.

In relation to our lending counterparties, we have entered into repurchase agreements with six counterparties as of December 31, 2009 and we are in negotiations with several others to further diversify our relationships. As of December 31, 2009, we had a debt to equity ratio of 3.4 times which support our hybrid portfolio investment strategy. As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $49.6 million of unpledged non-Agency securities and an overall estimated unused borrowing capacity of approximately $29.8 million. If borrowing rates and collateral requirements change in 2010, we are positioned to adjust to higher interest rates with less earnings volatility than a more levered organization.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Our reported GAAP net loss attributable to common shareholders was $8.8 million ($0.39 per share) for 2009 as compared to a GAAP net income attributable to common shareholders of $2.1 million ($0.08 per share) for 2008. Our GAAP book value per diluted common share was $9.08 at December 31, 2009, an increase from $7.39 book value per common share at December 31, 2008.

Our results for 2009 reflect the costs associated with the merger transaction of $9.6 million and costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company prior to the merger transaction of $1.3 million. Excluding these merger transaction and development stage company costs, net of a reduction in tax benefits of $0.4 million, we would have reported a GAAP net income for 2009 of $1.7 million. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure is useful because the excluded costs will not be incurred on a going forward basis.

Our results for 2008 and 2007 represent the historical results of Capitol as a development stage company with no operations. The net income for 2008 and 2007 of $2.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively, reflected interest on money market funds.

The following table presents the components of our net (loss) income for 2009, 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007.

     
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
  Period from
June 26, 2007
(inception)
through
December 31,
2007
     2009   2008
Interest income   $ 2,866,053     $ 4,442,222     $ 1,474,220  
Interest expense     131,510              
Net interest income     2,734,543       4,442,222       1,474,220  
Other income:
                          
Gain on sale of investment securities, net     335,966              
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements     363,666              
Total other income     699,632              
Expenses:
                          
Management fees     325,654              
Operating expenses:
                          
Costs associated with business combination     9,572,218              
Costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company     1,346,747       1,059,606       140,999  
Other operating expenses     1,252,378              
Total expenses     12,496,997       1,059,606       140,999  
Net (loss) income before income taxes     (9,062,822 )       3,382,616       1,333,221  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     318,291       (1,088,083 )       (618,648 )  
Net (loss) income   $ (8,744,531 )     $ 2,294,533     $ 714,573  
Accretion of Trust Account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion     (92,872 )       (235,706 )        
Net (loss) income attributable to other common stockholders   $ (8,837,403 )     $ 2,058,827     $ 714,573  
Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.39 )     $ 0.08     $ 0.06  
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.26     $     $  
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     22,941,728       24,936,558       11,602,789  

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Results of Operations

The following analysis principally focuses on the results generated in 2009, as our operations did not begin until the completion of the merger transaction in late October 2009. However, the analysis will also include 2008 and 2007 results, where appropriate, which consists of Capitol’s operations as a development stage company.

Interest Income and Average Earning Assets Yield

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $2.8 million of interest income from our Agency and non-Agency RMBS portfolio. As of December 31, 2009, our available-for-sale securities portfolio’s average days held was approximately 37 days, with our non-Agency higher yielding assets average days held of approximately 34 days. This shortened investment period resulted in an average amortized cost of securities of approximately $181.4 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The annualized net yield on the average amortized cost of our portfolio was approximately 6.2%.

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $1.2 million of net premium amortization on our Agency RMBS, including our interest-only securities. This resulted in an overall net asset yield of approximately 4.4% on our Agency RMBS. For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $0.6 million of accretion income from the discounts on our non-Agency portfolio resulting in an overall net yield of approximately 16.2%.

The following tables present the components of the net yield earned by investment type on our RMBS portfolio as a percentage of our average amortized cost of securities:

     
  Three months ended December 31, 2009
     Agency   Non-Agency   Whole Portfolio
     (Ratios for the quarter have been annualized)
Gross Yield/Stated Coupon     7.4 %       6.9 %       7.3 %  
Net accretion/amortization of discount/premium     (3.0 )%       9.3 %       (1.1 )%  
Net Yield     4.4 %       16.2 %       6.2 %  

(1) These yields have not been adjusted for cost of delay and cost to carry purchase premiums
(2) Prior to October 28, 2009, the Company was a development stage company without operations, therefore, comparative periods are not applicable.

The following table provides the components of interest income and net asset yield detail by investment type on our RMBS portfolio:

         
  Three months ended December 31, 2009
     Average
Amortized Cost
  Coupon Interest   Net (Premium
Amortization)/
Discount
Accretion
  Interest Income   Net Asset Yield
Agency   $ 154,561,598     $ 2,861,123     $ (1,151,080 )     $ 1,710,043       4.4 %  
Non-Agency     26,874,915       463,470       622,600       1,086,070       16.2 %  
Total   $ 181,436,513     $ 3,324,593     $ (528,480 )     $ 2,796,113       6.2 %  

Our cash and cash equivalents interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 was principally generated by Capitol prior to the merger transaction, and resulted in annual interest income of $69,940 or approximately 0.00% yield. Subsequent to the merger transaction, our principal cash balances with our primary brokers are held in low yielding overnight money market accounts due to the significant decrease in market interest rates. Additional cash deposits are held in non-interest bearing accounts to support our daily operations. Our overall cash balances are managed relative to our investing, financing and operating requirements, investment opportunities and anticipated market conditions.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to the completion of the merger transaction in 2009 and for the comparative period 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, the Company’s principal assets were held in trust and invested in the Merrill Lynch Treasury Fund, an institutional money market mutual fund that invests all of its assets in direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury. Prior to the merger transaction in 2009, the effective annualized interest rate payable on our investment was approximately 0.00%. At December 31, 2008, the effective annualized interest rate payable on our investment was approximately 0.34%.

Interest Expense and the Cost of Funds

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $131,510 in interest expense on our borrowed funds. For the three month period, our average outstanding balance under repurchase agreements was approximately $146.0 million, which was primarily funding our Agency RMBS portfolio. Our leverage ratio of 3.4 times as of December 31, 2009 and low LIBOR rates, resulted in an average cost of funds of 0.4% on an annualized basis.

Net Interest Income

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, our net interest income on our available-for-sale, or AFS, portfolio, was $2.7 million resulting in a net interest spread of approximately 5.8%. The favorable net interest rate spread was largely driven by our low cost of funds due to low LIBOR rates.

The following table provides the interest income and expense incurred in the three months ended December 31, 2009:

     
  Three months ended December 31, 2009 (3)
     Agency   Non-Agency   Total
     (Percentages for the quarter have been annualized)
Average Available-for-Sale Securities Held (1)   $ 154,561,598     $ 26,874,915     $ 181,436,513  
Total Interest Income   $ 1,710,043     $ 1,086,070     $ 2,796,113  
Yield on Average Investment Securities     4.4 %       16.2 %       6.2 %  
Average Balance of Repurchase Agreements   $ 143,678,311     $ 2,292,556     $ 145,970,867  
Total Interest Expense   $ 119,833     $ 11,677     $ 131,510  
Average Cost of Funds (2)     0.3 %       2.0 %       0.4 %  
Net Interest Income   $ 1,590,210     $ 1,074,393     $ 2,664,603  
Net Interest Rate Spread     4.1 %       14.2 %       5.8 %  

(1) Excludes change in realized and unrealized gains/(losses)
(2) Cost of funds by investment type is based off the underlying investment type of the AFS assigned as collateral.
(3) Prior to October 28, 2009, the Company was a development stage company without operations, therefore, comparative periods are not applicable.

Gain on Sale of Investment Securities, Net

For the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we sold AFS securities with a carrying value of $2.5 million for a net gain of $0.3 million. We do not expect to sell assets on a frequent basis, but may sell assets to reallocate capital into new assets that our management believes might have higher risk-adjusted returns.

Each quarter, we review each of our securities to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment charge would be necessary. For the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we did not recognize any losses from other-than-temporary impairments.

Unrealized Gain on Interest Rate Swap Agreements

Included in our results was the recognition of a $0.4 million net unrealized gain on our interest rate swap agreement that was accounted as a trading instrument. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we elected to enter into a $100 million notional interest rate swap agreement to hedge a portion of our interest rate risk on our

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

short-term repurchase agreements, effectively establishing a fixed rate of 1.168% over a two year period. The increase in the two-year swap rate at the end of 2009 resulted in the favorable results for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009.

Expenses

Management Fees

We incurred management fees of $325,654 for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009, which are payable to PRMC Advisors LLC under our management agreement.

Operating Expenses

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $12.2 million of operating expenses. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from June 27, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, we recognized $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of operating expenses.

Our results for 2009 reflect the costs associated with the merger transaction of $9.6 million and costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company prior to the merger transaction of $1.3 million. Excluding these merger transaction and development stage company costs, we incurred operating expenses of $1.3 million for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2009. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure is useful because the excluded costs will not be incurred on a going forward basis. Our results for 2008 and 2007 represent the historical results of Capitol as a development stage company with no operations. The operating expenses for 2008 and 2007 of $1.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, reflected organizational costs as the development stage company pursued a business combination.

The following table provides operating expenses as a percentage of average equity for the annual and quarterly periods presented:

   
  Total Operating
Expenses
  Operating
Expenses/Average
Equity
     (Ratios for the quarter have
been annualized)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009   $ 12,171,343       7.1 %  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008   $ 1,059,606       0.6 %  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007   $ 140,999       0.2 %  
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2009   $ 9,424,934       27.3 %  
For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2009   $ 1,040,300       2.3 %  
For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2009   $ 1,385,707       3.0 %  
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2009   $ 320,402       0.7 %  

(1) Prior to October 28, 2009, the Company was a development stage company without operations.

The following table provides adjusted operating expenses as a percentage of average equity for the three months ended December 31, 2009:

   
  Three months
ended
December 31,
2009:
  Operating
Expenses/Average
Equity
     (Ratios for the quarter have
been annualized)
Total operating expenses   $ 9,424,934       27.3 %  
Less: Costs associated with business combination     (7,965,784 )       -23.1 %  
Less: Costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company     (206,798 )       -0.6 %  
Adjusted total operating expenses   $ 1,252,352       3.6 %  

(1) Prior to October 28, 2009, the Company was a development stage company without operations.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our adjusted operating expenses as a percentage of average equity for the three months ended December 31, 2009 was 3.6%. We believe this non-GAAP financial measure is useful because the excluded costs will not be incurred on a going forward basis. We expect an annualized expense ratio ranging from 2.8% to 3.2% in 2010 based on our current business model and equity base.

Income Taxes

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, we recognized current federal tax benefits of $0.4 million resulting from the available-carry-back of net losses of $1.3 million of our taxable REIT subsidiary. Offsetting the current federal tax benefits, we have recognized $0.1 million of deferred tax expense related to the unrealized income on our interest rate swap agreement held in our taxable REIT subsidiary. We currently intend to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income, and therefore we have not recognized any further federal or state tax provisions. Our resulting effective tax rate was approximately negative 4%.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, we recognized federal tax provisions of $1.1 million and $0.6 million with effective tax rates of 32% and 46%, respectively. The 2007 federal tax rate was higher due to additional federal tax due to personal holding company status.

Financial Condition

Available-for-Sale Securities, at Fair Value

Agency RMBS

Our Agency RMBS portfolio is comprised of adjustable rate and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities backed by single-family and multi-family mortgage loans. All of our Agency RMBS were Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage pass-through certificates or collateralized mortgage obligations that carry an implied “AAA” rating, or Ginnie Mae mortgage pass-through certificates, which are backed by the guarantee of the U.S. Government. The majority of these securities consist of whole pools in which we own all of the investment interests in the securities.

The table below summarizes certain characteristics of our Agency available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2009:

               
  Principal/
Current Face
  Net Discount/
Premium
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Gain
  Unrealized
Loss
  Carrying
Value
  Weighted
Average
Coupon
Rate
  Weighted
Average
Purchase
Price
Principal and interest securities
                                                                       
Fixed   $ 93,760,620     $ 4,258,506     $ 98,019,126     $     $ (1,690,695 )     $ 96,328,431       5.23 %     $ 104.62  
Hybrid/ARM     292,332,359       14,276,600       306,608,959       119,611       (1,287,300 )       305,441,270       4.37 %     $ 104.92  
Total P&I Securities   $ 386,092,979     $ 18,535,106     $ 404,628,085     $ 119,611     $ (2,977,995 )     $ 401,769,701       4.58 %     $ 104.85  
Interest-only securities
                                                                       
Fixed     148,785,878       (133,343,316 )       15,442,562       962,336       (354,583 )       16,050,315       5.51 %     $ 10.76  
Total   $ 534,878,857     $ (114,808,210 )     $ 420,070,647     $ 1,081,947     $ (3,332,578 )     $ 417,820,016              

Our three-month average prepayment rate, or CPR, experienced during the fourth quarter of 2009 by Agency RMBS owned by us as of December 31, 2009, on an annualized basis, was 12.0%.

The following table summarizes months to re-set characteristics for our floating or adjustable rate Agency RMBS mortgage portfolio at December 31, 2009:

 
  Carrying Value
0 – 12 months   $ 116,667,705  
13 – 36 months     147,814,171  
37 – 60 months     5,538,964  
Greater than 60 months     35,420,430  
Total   $ 305,441,270  

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-Agency RMBS

Our non-Agency RMBS portfolio is comprised of senior and mezzanine tranches of mortgage-backed securities. The following table provides investment information on our non-Agency RMBS as of December 31, 2009:

             
  Principal/
Current Face
  Accretable
Purchase
Discount
  Credit Reserve
Purchase
Discount
  Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Gain
  Unrealized
Loss
  Carrying
Value
Senior   $ 110,687,783     $ (34,420,207 )     $ (22,709,996 )     $ 53,557,580     $ 1,007,365     $ (473,316 )     $ 54,091,629  
Mezzanine     55,892,526       (6,629,531 )       (27,476,627 )       21,786,368       1,012,973       (246,119 )       22,553,222  
Total   $ 166,580,309     $ (41,049,738 )     $ (50,186,623 )     $ 75,343,948     $ 2,020,338     $ (719,435 )     $ 76,644,851  

The following tables present certain information detailed by investment type and their respective underlying loan characteristics for our senior and mezzanine non-Agency RMBS, excluding our non-Agency interest-only portfolio, at December 31, 2009:

     
  Non-Agency RMBS Characteristics
     Senior
Bonds
  Mezzanine
Bonds
  Total
Bonds
Carrying Value   $ 53,646,122     $ 22,553,222     $ 76,199,343  
% of Non-Agency Portfolio     70.4 %       29.6 %       100.0 %  
Average Price   $ 55.19     $ 40.35     $ 49.77  
Average Coupon     3.6 %       2.8 %       3.3 %  
Average Fixed Coupon     5.6 %       5.8 %       5.6 %  
Average Floating Coupon     1.0 %       1.0 %       1.0 %  
Average Hybrid Coupon     5.5 %       5.6 %       5.6 %  
Collateral Attributes
                          
Avg Loan Age (months)     50       57       52  
Avg Original Loan-to-Value     75 %       70 %       73 %  
Avg Original FICO (1)     689       722       699  
Current Performance
                          
60+ day delinquencies     26 %       16 %       23 %  
Average credit enhancement (2)     13.1 %       11.7 %       12.7 %  
3-Month CPR (3)     13.9 %       18.0 %       15.1 %  

(1) Fair Isaac Corporation, or FICO represents a mortgage industry accepted credit score of a borrower.
(2) Average credit enhancement remaining on our non-Agency RMBS portfolio, which is the average amount of protection available to absorb future credit losses due to defaults on the underlying collateral.
(3) 3-Month CPR is reflective of the prepayment speed on the underlying securitization; however, it does not necessarily indicate the proceeds received on our investment tranche. Proceeds received for each security are dependent on the position of the individual security within the structure of each deal.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
  Non-Agency RMBS Characteristics
     Senior Bonds   Mezzanine Bonds   Total
Loan Type   Carrying Value   % of
Senior
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Mezzanine
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Non-
Agency
Portfolio
Prime   $ 8,607,542       16.0 %     $ 10,247,880       45.4 %     $ 18,855,421       24.7 %  
Alt-A     28,153,545       52.5 %       6,123,310       27.2 %       34,276,855       45.0 %  
POA     4,838,051       9.0 %       6,182,032       27.4 %       11,020,083       14.5 %  
Subprime     12,046,984       22.5 %             0.0 %       12,046,984       15.8 %  
     $ 53,646,122       100 %     $ 22,553,222       100 %     $ 76,199,343       100.0 %  

           
  Non-Agency RMBS Characteristics
     Senior Bonds   Mezzanine Bonds   Total
Coupon Type   Carrying Value   % of
Senior
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Mezzanine
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Non-
Agency
Portfolio
Fixed Rate   $ 33,493,920       62.4 %     $ 7,856,665       34.8 %     $ 41,350,585       54.3 %  
Hybrid or Floating     20,152,202       37.6 %       14,696,557       65.2 %       34,848,758       45.7 %  
     $ 53,646,122       100 %     $ 22,553,222       100 %     $ 76,199,343       100.0 %  

           
  Non-Agency RMBS Characteristics
     Senior Bonds   Mezzanine Bonds   Total
Loan Origination Year   Carrying Value   % of
Senior
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Mezzanine
Bonds
  Carrying Value   % of
Non-
Agency
Portfolio
2006+   $ 24,019,583       44.8 %     $ 5,086,539       22.6 %     $ 29,106,122       38.2 %  
2002 – 2005     29,048,277       54.1 %       17,262,225       76.5 %       46,310,501       60.8 %  
pre-2002     578,262       1.1 %       204,458       0.9 %       782,720       1.0 %  
     $ 53,646,122       100 %     $ 22,553,222       100 %     $ 76,199,343       100.0 %  

The underlying mortgage loans collateralizing our non-Agency RMBS are located across the United States. The following table presents the five largest geographic concentrations of the mortgages collateralizing these RMBS at December 31, 2009:

   
  Carrying
Value
  % of
non-Agency
RMBS
California   $ 28,860,972       37.7 %  
Florida     7,589,284       9.9 %  
New York     4,006,864       5.2 %  
Texas     2,681,031       3.5 %  
Arizona     2,555,560       3.3 %  
     $ 45,693,711       59.6 %  

Repurchase Agreements

Our borrowings consist entirely of repurchase agreements collateralized by our pledge of available-for-sale securities and certain cash balances. All of our Agency RMBS are currently pledged as collateral, however, only a portion of our non-Agency RMBS has been pledged, and as of December 31, 2009 our leverage ratio (i.e., our debt to equity ratio) was 3.4:1.0. We believe our leverage ratio provides unused borrowing capacity and thus improves our liquidity and the strength of our balance sheet.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the term to maturity of our borrowings ranged from seven days to over five months. The weighted average original term to maturity of our borrowings was 90 days at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average cost of funds for all our repurchase agreements was 0.4%.

Equity

As of December 31, 2009, our stockholder’s equity was $121.7 million and our diluted book value per share was $9.08. As of December 31, 2008, our stockholder’s equity was $184.2 million. The large decrease was principally due to the conversion of shares to cash and the repurchase of shares by Capitol as part of the merger transaction completed on October 28, 2009. Immediately thereafter, we estimated our stockholder’s equity to be $124.6 million and our book value per share to be $9.30. The subsequent reduction in book value is principally driven by net income during the period from the date of merger to December 31, 2009 of approximately $1.7 million, the declaration of dividends of $3.5 million representing our taxable income and unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income of $1.0 million. Taxable net income in the REIT was higher than GAAP net income by approximately $5.5 million due to non-deductible merger transaction expenses in the REIT of $3.3 million, higher net accretion of discount to taxable interest income $1.2 million, and the stock conversion proceeds from the merger transaction being treated as dividends of earnings from Capitol to us of $1.0 million.

The following table provides details of our changes in stockholder’s equity from the date of the merger transaction through December 31, 2009:

   
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Book Value   Book Value
per Share
(diluted basis)
Stockholder’s equity at merger completion   $ 124,634     $ 9.30  
Post-merger activities
                 
GAAP net income, net of tax     1,676       0.13  
Other comprehensive income     (950 )       (0.07 )  
Dividend declaration     (3,484 )       (0.26 )  
Other     (155 )       (0.02 )  
Stockholder’s equity at December 31, 2009   $ 121,721     $ 9.08  

GAAP to Taxable Income

The following table provides reconciliation of our GAAP loss to our taxable income (loss) split between our REIT and taxable REIT subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2009:

     
(dollars in millions)   TRS   REIT   Consolidated
GAAP net loss, pre-tax   $ (7.2 )     $ (1.9 )     $ (9.1 )  
Permanent differences
                          
Capitol dividend of E&P           1.0       1.0  
Non-deductible business combination expenses     6.3       3.3       9.6  
Temporary differences
                          
Net accretion of OID and market discount           1.2       1.2  
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreement     (0.4 )             (0.4 )  
Taxable (loss) income   $ (1.3 )     $ 3.6     $ 2.3  
Dividend declaration deduction              (3.5 )       (3.5 )  
Taxable (loss) income post-dividend deduction   $ (1.3 )     $ 0.1     $ (1.2 )  

The permanent tax differences are non-recurring permanent tax differences that were recorded in 2009. These items will not impact future dividend declarations and/or book value in 2010 and beyond. Temporary differences are principally timing differences between GAAP and tax accounting, which will adjust over the course of the RMBS’s term and/or at time of sale of the RMBS in the future.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

With our accounting treatment for available-for-sale securities, unrealized fluctuations in the market values of securities do not impact our GAAP or taxable income but are recognized on our balance sheet as a change in stockholder’s equity under “accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).” As a result of this fair value accounting through stockholder’s equity, we expect our net income to have less significant fluctuations and result in less GAAP to taxable income timing differences, than if the portfolio were accounted as trading instruments.

Dividends

On December 21, 2009, we declared a quarterly dividend of $0.26 per share of common stock for the fourth quarter of 2009, our first dividend since becoming an operating company on October 28, 2009. As a REIT, we are required to distribute 90% of our taxable income to stockholders, subject to certain distribution requirements. Our board of directors for the fiscal year ended 2009 has elected to distribute the majority of our taxable income to avoid U.S. Federal Income taxes. As such, temporary differences between GAAP and taxable income can generate deterioration in book value on a permanent and temporary basis as taxable income is distributed that has not been earned for GAAP purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity and capital resources are managed and forecast on a daily basis to principally ensure that we have sufficient liquidity to absorb market events that could negatively impact collateral valuations and result in margin calls and the flexibility to proactively manage our portfolio to take advantage of market opportunities.

Our principal sources of cash consist of borrowings under repurchase agreements, payments of principal and interest we receive on our RMBS portfolio, cash generated from our operating results and, depending on future market conditions, proceeds from capital market transactions. We typically use cash to repay principal and interest on our repurchase agreements, to purchase RMBS, to make dividend payments on our capital stock, and to fund our operations.

To the extent that we raise additional equity capital through capital market transactions, we anticipate using cash proceeds from such transactions to purchase additional RMBS and for other general corporate purposes. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to raise additional equity capital at any particular time or on any particular terms. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and the underwriters in Capitol’s initial public offering have certain rights to participate in any future securities offerings by us.

As of December 31, 2009, we hold $26.1 million in cash and cash equivalents available to support our operations, $494.5 million of available-for-sale securities held at fair value and $411.9 million of outstanding debt in the form of repurchase agreements. As of December 31, 2009, our debt-to-equity ratio was 3.4:1.0. As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately $49.6 million of pledged non-Agency securities and an overall estimated unused borrowing capacity of approximately $29.8 million. If borrowing rates and collateral requirements change in 2010, we are positioned to adjust to higher interest rates with less earnings volatility than a more leveraged organization.

Our on-going sources of financing are expected to be through repurchase agreements. We plan to finance our assets with a moderate amount of leverage, the level of which may vary based upon the particular characteristics of our portfolio and on market conditions. We may deploy, on a debt-to-equity basis, up to ten times leverage on our Agency RMBS assets. We also deploy some leverage on our non-Agency RMBS assets utilizing repurchase agreements as the source of financing. Also, we may increase our use of leverage for non-Agency RMBS in conjunction with financings that may be available under programs established by the U.S. Government. However, as of the date hereof, the government has suspended its former plans to expand the Federal Reserve System’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program, or TALF, to include RMBS and the PPIP Legacy Loans Program is not available to us at this time.

Under our repurchase agreements, we are required to pledge additional assets as collateral to our repurchase agreement counterparties (lenders) when the estimated fair value of the existing pledged collateral under such agreements declines and such lenders, through a margin call, demand additional collateral. Lenders generally make margin calls because of a perceived decline in the value of our assets collateralizing the

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

repurchase agreements. This may occur following the monthly principal reduction of assets due to scheduled amortization and prepayments on the underlying mortgages, or may be caused by changes in market interest rates, a perceived decline in the market value of the investments and other market factors. To cover a margin call, we may pledge additional securities or cash. At maturity, any cash on deposit as collateral is generally applied against the repurchase agreement balance, thereby reducing the amount borrowed. Should the value of our assets suddenly decrease, significant margin calls on our repurchase agreements could result, causing an adverse change in our liquidity position.

The following table summarizes assets at carrying value that are pledged or restricted as collateral for the future payment obligations of repurchase agreements.

   
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
Available-for-Sale Securities   $ 444,833,063     $  
Restricted Cash     913,048        
Due from counterparties     1,736,952        
Total   $ 447,483,063     $  

While we generally intend to hold our target assets as long-term investments, we may sell certain of our investment securities in order to manage our interest rate risk and liquidity needs, meet other operating objectives and adapt to market conditions. We cannot predict the timing and impact of future sales of investment securities, if any. Because many of our investment securities are generally financed with repurchase agreements, and may be financed with credit facilities (including term loans and revolving facilities) and borrowings under programs established by the U.S. Government, a significant portion of the proceeds from sales of our investment securities (if any), prepayments and scheduled amortization are used to repay balances under these financing sources.

The following table provides the maturities of our repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2009.

 
  December 31,
2009
Within 30 days   $ 207,050,239  
30 to 59 days      
60 to 89 days      
90 to 119 days      
Over 120 days     204,842,271  
Total   $ 411,892,510  

For the twelve-months ended December 31, 2009, our unrestricted cash balance increased from $2.8 million to $26.1 million. The cash movements can be summarized by the following:

Cash flows from operating activities.   For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, operating activities reduced our cash balances by approximately $16.2 million. The primary driver of this reduction was $10.9 million of operating expenses incurred as part of the merger transaction and associated activities of Capitol as a development stage company. Unlike an initial public offering, the costs of approximately $9.6 million associated with the merger transaction were recorded in the income statement and reflected as an operating activity of Capitol because the Company’s existence was for the purposes of completing a business combination or similar transaction.
Cash flows from investing activities .  For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, investing activities reduced our cash balances by approximately $245.3 million. The reduction was driven by the purchase of our RMBS portfolio in the last quarter of 2009.
Cash flows from financing activities.   For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, financing activities increased our cash balance by approximately $284.9 million resulting from the net borrowings under repurchase agreements to fund a portion of our RMBS portfolio, which was offset by payments to Capitol shareholders who did not participate in the business combination.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2009, we do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities.

Subsequent to the merger transaction, we have established a number of master repurchase agreements with counterparties and we expect to execute additional master repurchase agreements. These repurchase agreements are short-term with maturities of less than one year.

We have entered into a management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC, pursuant to which PRCM Advisers LLC is entitled to receive a management fee and the reimbursement of certain expenses from us. We reimburse PRCM Advisers LLC for (i) our allocable share of the compensation paid by PRCM Advisers LLC to its personnel serving as our principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel employed by PRCM Advisers LLC as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to us, and (ii) any amounts for personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC’s affiliates arising under a shared facilities and services agreement.

We are party to contracts that contain a variety of indemnification obligations, principally with brokers, underwriters and counterparties to repurchase agreements. The maximum potential future payment amount we could be required to pay under these indemnification obligations may be unlimited.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Inflation

Substantially all of our assets and liabilities are financial in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates and other factors impact our performance far more than does inflation. Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and dividends are based upon net ordinary income as calculated for tax purposes; in each case, our results of operations and reported assets, liabilities and equity are measured with reference to historical cost or fair value without considering inflation.

Other Matters

We intend to conduct our business so as to maintain our exempt status under, and not to become regulated as an investment company for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we failed to maintain our exempt status under the 1940 Act and became regulated as an investment company, our ability to, among other things, use leverage would be substantially reduced and, as a result, we would be unable to conduct our business as described in Item 1 — Business — Other Business — Regulation of this Form 10-K. Accordingly, we monitor our compliance with both the 55% Test and the 80% Tests of the 1940 Act in order to maintain our exempt status. As of December 31, 2009, we determined that we were in maintained compliance with both the 55% Test and the 80% Test requirements.

We calculate that at least 75% of our assets were qualified REIT assets, as defined in the Code for the period ended December 31, 2009. We also calculate that our revenue qualifies for the 75% source of income test and for the 95% source of income test rules for the period ended December 31, 2009. Consequently, we met the REIT income and asset tests. We also met all REIT requirements regarding the ownership of our common stock and the distribution of our net income. Therefore, for the period ended December 31, 2009, we believe that we qualified as a REIT under the Code.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We seek to manage our risks related to the credit quality of our assets, interest rates, liquidity, prepayment speeds and market value while seeking to provide an opportunity to stockholders to realize attractive risk-adjusted returns through ownership of our capital stock. Although we do not seek to avoid risk completely, we believe that risk can be quantified from historical experience and we seek to actively manage our risk levels in order to earn sufficient compensation to justify the risks we undertake and to maintain capital levels consistent with taking such risks.

To reduce the risks to our portfolio, we employ portfolio-wide and security-specific risk measurement and management processes in our daily operations. PRCM Advisers LLC’s risk management tools include software and services licensed or purchased from third parties, in addition to proprietary software and analytical methods developed by Pine River. There can be no guarantee that these tools will protect us from market risks.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including fiscal and monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political considerations, as well as other factors beyond our control. We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our assets and related financing obligations. Subject to maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we engage in a variety of interest rate management techniques that seek to mitigate the influence of interest rate changes on the values of our assets.

We utilize interest-only securities as well as derivative financial instruments, currently limited to interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2009, to hedge the interest rate risk associated with our portfolio. We seek to hedge interest rate risk with respect to both the fixed income nature of our assets and the financing of our portfolio. In hedging interest rates with respect to our fixed income assets, we seek to reduce the risk of losses on the value of our investments that may result from changes in interest rates in the broader markets. In utilizing interest rate hedges with respect to our financing, we seek to improve risk-adjusted returns and, where possible, to obtain a favorable spread between the yield on our assets and the cost of our financing. We rely on PRCM Advisers LLC’s expertise to manage these risks on our behalf. We implement part of our hedging strategy through Capitol, our TRS, which is subject to U.S. federal, state and, if applicable, local income tax.

Interest Rate Effect on Net Interest Income

Our operating results depend in large part on differences between the income earned on our assets and our cost of borrowing and hedging activities. The costs associated with our borrowings are generally based on prevailing market interest rates. During a period of rising interest rates, our borrowing costs generally will increase while the yields earned on our leveraged fixed-rate RMBS will remain static. Moreover, interest rates may rise at a faster pace than the yields earned on our leveraged adjustable-rate and hybrid RMBS. Both of these factors could result in a decline in our net interest spread and net interest margin. The severity of any such decline would depend on our asset/liability composition at the time, as well as the magnitude and duration of the interest rate increase. Further, an increase in short-term interest rates could also have a negative impact on the market value of our target assets. If any of these events happen, we could experience a decrease in net income or incur a net loss during these periods, which could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations.

Our hedging techniques are partly based on assumed levels of prepayments of our target assets. If prepayments are slower or faster than assumed, the life of the investment will be longer or shorter, which would reduce the effectiveness of any hedging strategies we may use and may cause losses on such transactions. Hedging strategies involving the use of derivative securities are highly complex and may produce volatile returns.

We acquire adjustable-rate and hybrid RMBS. These are assets in which the underlying mortgages are typically subject to periodic and lifetime interest rate caps and floors, which limit the amount by which the security’s interest yield may change during any given period. However, our borrowing costs pursuant to our financing agreements are not subject to similar restrictions. Therefore, in a period of increasing interest rates, interest rate costs on our borrowings could increase without limitation, while the interest-rate yields on our

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

adjustable-rate and hybrid RMBS would effectively be limited by caps. This issue will be magnified to the extent we acquire adjustable-rate and hybrid RMBS that are not based on mortgages that are fully indexed. In addition, adjustable-rate and hybrid RMBS may be subject to periodic payment caps that result in some portion of the interest being deferred and added to the principal outstanding. If this happens, we could receive less cash income on such assets than we would need to pay for interest costs on our related borrowings. These factors could lower our net interest income or cause a net loss during periods of rising interest rates, which would harm our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Interest Rate Mismatch Risk

We fund the majority of our adjustable-rate and hybrid Agency RMBS assets with borrowings that are based on LIBOR, while the interest rates on these assets may be indexed to other index rates, such as the one-year Constant Maturity Treasury index, or CMT, the Monthly Treasury Average index, or MTA, or the 11 th District Cost of Funds Index, or COFI. Accordingly, any increase in LIBOR relative to these indices may result in an increase in our borrowing costs that is not matched by a corresponding increase in the interest earnings on these assets. Any such interest rate index mismatch could adversely affect our profitability, which may negatively impact distributions to our stockholders. To mitigate interest rate mismatches, we utilize the hedging strategies discussed above.

The following table provides the indices of our variable rate assets as of December 31, 2009, based on total notional amount of bonds.

       
Index Type   Floating   Hybrid*   Total   Index Percentage
CMT   $ 107,667,722     $ 124,833,299     $ 232,501,021       62 %  
LIBOR     74,452,692       40,014,206       114,466,898       31 %  
Other**     6,521,548       18,385,162       24,906,710       7 %  
Total   $ 188,641,962     $ 183,232,667     $ 371,874,629       100 %  

* Hybrid amounts reflect those assets with greater than 12 months to reset
** Other-includes COFI, MTA and other indices

Our analysis of risks is based on PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates’ experience, estimates, models and assumptions. These analyses rely on models which utilize estimates of fair value and interest rate sensitivity. Actual economic conditions or implementation of decisions by PRCM Advisers LLC may produce results that differ significantly from the estimates and assumptions used in our models.

We use a variety of recognized industry models, as well as proprietary models, to perform sensitivity analyses which are derived from primary assumptions for prepayment rates, discount rates and credit losses. The primary assumption used in this model is implied market volatility of interest rates. The information presented in the following interest sensitivity table projects the potential impact of sudden parallel changes in interest rates on our financial results and financial condition, over the next 12 months based on our interest sensitive financial instruments at December 31, 2009.

All changes in value are measured as the change from the December 31, 2009 financial position. All projected changes in annualized net interest income are measured as the change from the projected annualized net interest income based off current performance returns.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Sensitivity Table

       
  -100 bps   -50 bps   +50 bps   +100 bps
Change in value of financial position:
                                   
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value   $ 1,471,044     $ 1,427,092     $ (2,493,242 )     $ (5,677,702 )  
As a % of December 31, 2009 equity     1.2%       1.2%       -2.0%       -4.7%  
Derivative Assets   $ (1,790,000 )     $ (903,000 )     $ 728,000     $ 1,444,000  
As a % of December 31, 2009 equity     -1.5%       -0.7%       0.6%       1.2%  
Repurchase Agreements   $ (404,966 )     $ (404,966 )     $ 512,553     $ 1,025,106  
As a % of December 31, 2009 equity     -0.3%       -0.3%       0.4%       0.8%  
Total Net Assets   $ (723,922 )     $ 119,126     $ (1,252,689 )     $ (3,208,596 )  
As a % of December 31, 2009 equity     -0.6%       0.1%       -1.0%       -2.6%  
       -100 bps       -50 bps       +50 bps       +100 bps  
Change in annualized net interest income:   $ 515,747     $ 257,873       (768,181 )     $ (1,536,363 )  
% change in net interest income     2%       1%       -4%       -7%  

The available-for-sale securities, at fair value, included in the interest rate sensitivity table “change in value of financial position” were limited to Agency RMBS. Due to our non-Agency RMBS’s significantly discounted prices and underlying credit risks, we believe our non-Agency RMBS’s valuation is inherently de-sensitized to changes in interest rates. As such, we cannot project the impact to these financial instruments and excluded these RMBS from the interest rate sensitivity analysis. These non-Agency RMBS have been included in the “change in annualized net interest income” analysis.

Certain assumptions have been made in connection with the calculation of the information set forth in the foregoing interest rate sensitivity table and, as such, there can be no assurance that assumed events will occur or that other events will not occur that would affect the outcomes. The base interest rate scenario assumes interest rates at December 31, 2009. The analysis presented utilizes assumptions and estimates based on management’s judgment and experience. Furthermore, while we generally expect to retain such assets and the associated interest rate risk to maturity, future purchases and sales of assets could materially change our interest rate risk profile. It should be specifically noted that the information set forth in the interest rate sensitivity table and all related disclosure constitutes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act and Section 21E of the 1934 Act. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimated in the foregoing interest rate sensitivity table.

The interest rate sensitivity table quantifies the potential changes in net interest income and portfolio value, which includes the value of swaps, should interest rates immediately change. The interest rate sensitivity table presents the estimated impact of interest rates instantaneously rising 50 and 100 basis points, and falling 50 and 100 basis points. The cash flows associated with the portfolio of RMBS for each rate change are calculated based on assumptions, including prepayment speeds, yield on future acquisitions, slope of the yield curve and size of the portfolio. Assumptions made on the interest rate sensitive liabilities, which are assumed to relate to repurchase agreements, include anticipated interest rates, collateral requirements as a percent of the repurchase agreement, amount and term of borrowing.

The change in annualized net interest income does not include any benefit or detriment from faster or slower prepayment rates on our Agency premium bonds, non-Agency discount bonds, and instruments that represent the interest payments (but not the principal) on a pool of mortgages, or Interest Only bonds. We anticipate that faster prepayment speeds in lower interest rate scenarios will generate lower realized yields on Agency premium and Interest Only bonds and higher realized yields on non-Agency discount bonds. Similarly, we anticipate that slower prepayment speeds in higher interest rate scenarios will generate higher realized yields on Agency premium and Interest Only bonds and lower realized yields on non-Agency discount bonds. Although we have sought to construct the portfolio to limit the effect of changes in prepayment speeds, there can be no assurance this will actually occur, and the realized yield of the portfolio may be significantly different than we anticipate in changing interest rate scenarios.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Given the low interest rates at December 31, 2009, we applied a floor of 0% for all anticipated interest rates included in our assumptions. Because of this floor, we anticipate that any hypothetical interest rate shock decrease would have a limited positive impact on our funding costs; however, because prepayments speeds are unaffected by this floor, we expect that any increase in our prepayment speeds (occurring as a result of any interest rate decrease or otherwise) could result in an acceleration of our premium amortization on Agency and Interest Only bonds purchased at a premium, and accretion of discount on our non-Agency bonds purchased at a discount. As a result, because this floor limits the positive impact of any interest rate decrease on our funding costs, hypothetical interest rate decreases could cause the fair value of our financial instruments and our net interest income to decline.

Prepayment Risk

Prepayment risk is the risk that principal will be repaid at a different rate than anticipated. As we receive prepayments of principal on our assets, premiums paid on such assets will be amortized against interest income. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the amortization of purchase premiums, thereby reducing the interest income earned on the assets. Conversely, discounts on such assets are accreted into interest income. In general, an increase in prepayment rates will accelerate the accretion of purchase discounts, thereby increasing the interest income earned on the assets.

Market Risk

Market Value Risk.   Our available-for-sale securities are reflected at their estimated fair value, with the difference between amortized cost and estimated fair value reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. The estimated fair value of these securities fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates and other factors. Generally, in a rising interest rate environment, we would expect the fair value of these securities to decrease; conversely, in a decreasing interest rate environment, we would expect the fair value of these securities to increase. As market volatility increases or liquidity decreases, the fair value of our assets may be adversely impacted.

Real estate risk .  Residential RMBS and residential property values are subject to volatility and may be affected adversely by a number of factors, including national, regional and local economic conditions; local real estate conditions (such as an oversupply of housing); changes or continued weakness in specific industry segments; construction quality, age and design; demographic factors; and retroactive changes to building or similar codes. Decreases in property values reduce the value of the collateral for a mortgage loan and the potential proceeds available to a borrower to repay the loan, which could also cause us to suffer losses.

Credit Risk

We believe that our investment strategy will generally keep our risk to credit losses low to moderate. However, we retain the risk of potential credit losses on all of the loans underlying our non-Agency RMBS. With respect to our non-Agency RMBS that are senior in the credit structure, credit support contained in RMBS deal structures provide a level of protection from losses. We seek to manage the remaining credit risk through our pre-acquisition due diligence process, and by factoring assumed credit losses into the purchase prices we pay for non-Agency RMBS. In addition, with respect to any particular target asset, PRCM Advisers LLC’s investment team evaluates relative valuation, supply and demand trends, shape of yield curves, prepayment rates, delinquency and default rates, recovery of various sectors and vintage of collateral. Nevertheless, unanticipated credit losses could adversely affect our operating results.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.

 
  Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms     63  
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008     65  
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007     66  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007     67  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007     68  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     69  

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Two Harbors Investment Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (the Company) as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity and comprehensive (loss) income, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Two Harbors Investment Corp. at December 31, 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Two Harbor Investment Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 4, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 4, 2010

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Capitol Acquisition Corp.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Capitol Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, and the related statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008, and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements included in the December 31, 2008 Form 10-K of Capitol Acquisition Corp., the Company’s certificate of incorporation provides for mandatory liquidation of the Company in the event that the Company does not consummate a business combination (as defined) prior to November 8, 2009. This condition raises a substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are described in Note 1 to the financial statements included in the December 31, 2008 Form 10-K of Capitol Acquisition Corp. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Capitol Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company), as of December 31, 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
(formerly Marcum & Kliegman LLP)

Melville, New York
March 13, 2009

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

   
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
ASSETS
                 
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value   $ 494,464,867     $  
Cash and cash equivalents     26,104,880       2,778,143  
Cash held in Trust Account, interest and dividend income available for taxes           86,116  
Total earning assets     520,569,747       2,864,259  
Restricted cash     8,913,048       259,132,312  
Accrued interest receivable     2,579,695        
Due from counterparties     4,877,463        
Derivative assets, at fair value     363,666        
Prepaid expenses     571,584       50,290  
Prepaid tax asset     490,206       48,269  
Total Assets   $ 538,365,409     $ 262,095,130  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Liabilities
                 
Repurchase agreements   $ 411,892,510     $  
Accrued interest payable     113,788        
Deferred tax liabilities     123,646        
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     1,030,342       193,555  
Dividends payable     3,484,356        
Total liabilities     416,644,642       193,555  
Common stock, subject to possible conversion           77,739,684  
Stockholders’ Equity
                 
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share;
450,000,000 and 75,000,000 shares authorized,
respectively; 13,379,209 and 32,811,257 issued
and outstanding, respectively
    1,340       2,494  
Additional paid-in capital     131,888,936       181,150,291  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (949,728 )        
Cumulative (losses) earnings     (5,735,425 )       3,009,106  
Cumulative distributions to stockholders     (3,484,356 )        
Total stockholders’ equity     121,720,767       184,161,891  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 538,365,409     $ 262,095,130  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

     
 
  
  
  
  
  
Years Ended December 31,
  Period from June 26, 2007
(inception)
through
December 31,
2007
     2009   2008
Interest income
                          
Available-for-sale securities   $ 2,796,113     $     $  
Cash and cash equivalents     69,940       4,442,222       1,474,220  
Total interest income     2,866,053       4,442,222       1,474,220  
Interest expense     131,510              
Net interest income     2,734,543       4,442,222       1,474,220  
Other income
                          
Gain on sale of investment securities, net     335,966              
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements     363,666              
Total other income     699,632              
Expenses
                          
Management fees     325,654              
Operating expenses:
                          
Costs associated with business combination     9,572,218              
Costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company     1,346,747       1,059,606       140,999  
Other operating expenses     1,252,378              
Total expenses     12,496,997       1,059,606       140,999  
Net (loss) income before income taxes     (9,062,822 )       3,382,616       1,333,221  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     318,291       (1,088,083 )       (618,648 )  
Net (loss) income   $ (8,744,531 )     $ 2,294,533     $ 714,573  
Accretion of Trust Account income relating to common stock
subject to possible conversion
    (92,872 )       (235,706 )        
Net (loss) income attributable to other common stockholders   $ (8,837,403 )     $ 2,058,827     $ 714,573  
Basic and diluted (loss) earnings per share   $ (0.39 )     $ 0.08     $ 0.06  
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.26     $     $  
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     22,941,728       24,936,558       11,602,789  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

             
             
 
 
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
  Cumulative (Losses)
Earnings
  Cumulative
Distributions
to
Stockholders
  Total Stockholders’ Equity
     Shares   Amount
Balance, June 26, 2007 (inception)            $     $     $     $     $     $  
Common shares issued at inception at $0.003 per share     7,187,500       719       24,281                         25,000  
Sale of 25,000,000 units, net of Underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (includes 7,499,999 shares subject to possible conversion)     25,000,000       2,500       239,843,344                         239,845,844  
Exercise of Underwriters’ over-allotment, net of Underwriters’ discount and offering expenses (includes 374,700 shares subject to possible conversion)     1,249,000       125       12,021,500                         12,021,625  
Forfeiture of initial stockholders’ shares
pursuant to partial exercise of underwriters’ over-allotment
    (625,243 )       (62 )       62                          
Proceeds subject to possible conversion of 7,874,699 shares           (788 )       (77,503,190 )                         (77,503,978 )  
Proceeds from issuance of sponsors’ warrants, at $1 per warrant                 7,000,000                         7,000,000  
Net income for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007                             714,573             714,573  
Balance at December 31, 2007     32,811,257       2,494       181,385,997             714,573             182,103,064  
Accretion of trust account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion                 (235,706 )                         (235,706 )  
Net income                             2,294,533             2,294,533  
Balance at December 31, 2008     32,811,257       2,494       181,150,291             3,009,106             184,161,891  
Accretion of trust account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion                 (92,872 )                            (92,872 )  
Initial capital issuance and contribution from formation of Two Harbors Investment Corporation                       1,000                                  1,000  
Cancellation of Capitol founders’ shares     (6,562,257 )       131       77,832,425                         77,832,556  
Shares converted to cash by Capitol stockholders     (6,875,130 )       (687 )       (67,856,847 )                         (67,857,534 )  
Shares acquired by Capitol as part of forward sales agreements     (5,994,661 )       (598 )       (59,166,705 )                         (59,167,303 )  
Net loss                             (8,744,531 )             (8,744,531 )  
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities                       (949,728 )                   (949,728 )  
Total other comprehensive loss                       (949,728 )                    
Total comprehensive loss                                         (9,694,259 )  
Common dividends declared                                      (3,484,356 )       (3,484,356 )  
Non-cash equity award compensation                 21,644                         21,644  
Balance at December 31, 2009     13,379,209     $ 1,340     $ 131,888,936     $ (949,728 )     $ (5,735,425 )     $ (3,484,356 )     $ 121,720,767  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
  Period from June 26, 2007 (inception)
through
December 31,
2007
     2009   2008
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
                          
Net (loss) income   $ (8,744,531 )     $ 2,294,533     $ 714,573  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                          
Amortization of premiums and discounts net     528,480              
Gain on investment securities, net     (335,966 )              
Equity based compensation expense     21,644              
Net change in:
                          
Increase in accrued interest receivable     (2,579,695 )              
Increase in deferred income taxes     123,646              
Due from counterparties     (4,877,463 )              
Increase in fair value of derivative assets, net     (363,666 )              
Increase in prepaid tax asset     (441,937 )       (48,269 )        
Increase in prepaid expenses     (521,294 )       (28,713 )       (21,577 )  
Increase in accrued interest payable     113,788              
(Decrease)/increase in income taxes payable           (618,648 )       618,648  
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities     836,787       115,859       77,696  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (16,240,207 )       1,714,762       1,389,340  
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
                          
Purchases of real estate securities available-for-sale     (503,064,127 )              
Proceeds from sales of real estate securities available-for-sale     2,463,624              
Principal payments on real estate securities available-for-sale     4,993,394              
Net decrease (increase) in restricted cash     250,219,264       (785,687 )       (258,346,625 )  
Net decrease (increase) in cash held in trust account, interest and dividend income available for working capital and taxes     86,116       1,388,104       (1,474,220 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     (245,301,729 )       602,417       (259,820,845 )  
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
                          
Net borrowings on repurchase agreements     411,892,510              
Common stock converted to cash at business combination     (67,857,534 )              
Common stock repurchases through forward sales agreements     (59,167,303 )              
Contribution of capital from Pine River into the Company     1,000              
Gross proceeds from initial public offering                 250,000,000  
Gross proceeds from exercise of underwriters’ over-allotment                 12,490,000  
Proceeds from notes payable, stockholders                 95,000  
Repayment of notes payable, stockholders                 (95,000 )  
Proceeds from issuance of stock to initial stockholders                 25,000  
Proceeds from issuance of sponsors’ warrants                 7,000,000  
Payment of underwriting discount and offering expenses on initial public offering           (511 )       (10,622,020 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     284,868,673       (511 )       258,892,980  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     23,326,737       2,316,668       461,475  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     2,778,143       461,475        
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 26,104,880     $ 2,778,143     $ 461,475  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
                          
Cash paid for interest   $ 17,722     $     $  
Cash (received) paid for taxes   $     $ 1,794,578     $  
Non-Cash Financing Activity:
                          
Dividends declared but not paid at end of period   $ 3,484,356     $     $  
Accrual for offering costs charged to additional paid in capital   $     $     $ 511  
Cancellation of Capitol founders’ shares   $ 77,925,428     $     $  
Accretion of trust account income relating to common stock subject to conversion   $ (92,872 )     $ (235,706 )     $  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Organization and Operations

Two Harbors Investment Corp. (the “Company”) is a Maryland corporation formed to invest primarily in residential mortgage-backed securities. The Company is externally managed and advised by PRCM Advisers LLC, a subsidiary of Pine River Capital Management L.P. (“Pine River”), a global multi-strategy asset management firm. The Company’s common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE Amex under the symbols “TWO” and “TWO.WS,” respectively.

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with its initial taxable period ended December 31, 2009. As long as the Company qualifies as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that the Company distributes its taxable income to its stockholders on an annual basis.

On June 11, 2009, the Company, Two Harbors Merger Corp. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), Pine River and Capitol Acquisition Corp. (“Capitol”) entered into a merger agreement, which, among other things, provided for the merger of Capitol into Two Harbors Merger Corp., with Capitol being the surviving entity and becoming an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

Capitol, a development stage company, was formed on June 26, 2007 as a publicly registered vehicle to effect a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business. On November 14, 2007, Capitol consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”) and deposited $258,346,625 of net proceeds into a trust account (“Trust Account”), with such funds to be held in trust until the earlier of the completion of Capitol’s initial business combination or November 8, 2009.

The Company was formed solely to complete the merger transaction with Capitol and, prior to such time, had no material assets or liabilities. On October 26, 2009, a majority of Capitol’s stockholders approved the proposed merger transaction with the Company, and the transaction closed on October 28, 2009. As part of the merger transaction, certain of Capitol’s officers, directors and special advisors (the “Initial Stockholders”) surrendered their common stock to the Company for no consideration, and their shares were cancelled. At the closing of the merger transaction, certain holders of the common stock that was sold as part of the IPO elected to convert their shares to cash, or sold their shares to Capitol, in each case for a price equal to the per share value of cash held in trust, or $9.87 per share. At the closing, after deducting transaction costs and expenses, and after purchasing or converting to cash the shares of common stock of Capitol stockholders who did not elect to participate in the merger, the Company had approximately $124.0 million in cash available to fund investments and operations, and a book value of approximately $9.30 per share. The remaining Capitol stockholders, and all Capitol warrant holders, exchanged their Capitol shares and warrants for Company shares and warrants on a one-for-one basis. The new shares and warrants became available to be traded on the NYSE Amex as of October 29, 2009. The Capitol shares and warrants were retired and de-registered upon completion of the merger. Capitol ceased being a development stage company at the completion of the merger.

Upon completion of the merger, Capitol was considered the accounting acquirer, similar to a reverse merger. As the surviving entity, Capitol’s financial information is presented in these financial statements on a historical carryover basis.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after eliminating all intercompany balances and transactions. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the Company had been in place for all periods presented. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make a number of significant estimates. These include estimates of fair value of certain assets and liabilities, amount and timing of credit losses, prepayment rates, the period of time during which the Company anticipates an increase in the fair values of real estate securities sufficient to recover unrealized losses in those securities, and other estimates that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of certain revenues and expenses during the reported period. It is likely that changes in these estimates (e.g., valuation changes due to supply and demand, credit performance, prepayments, interest rates, or other reasons) will occur in the near term. The Company’s estimates are inherently subjective in nature and actual results could differ from its estimates and the differences may be material.

Investment Securities, at Fair Value

The Company invests primarily in mortgage pass-through certificates, collateralized mortgage obligations and other residential mortgage-backed securities representing interests in or obligations backed by pools of mortgage loans (collectively “RMBS”) issued by Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) (collectively, “the Agencies” or “GSE’s”).

Designation

The Company classifies its investment securities as available-for-sale (“AFS”) investments. Although, the Company generally intends to hold most of its investment securities until maturity, it may, from time to time, sell any of its investment securities as part of its overall management of its portfolio. Accordingly, the Company classifies all of its investment securities as AFS. All assets classified as AFS are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, excluding other than temporary impairments, included in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, on an after-tax basis.

Determination of RMBS Fair Value

Fair value is determined under the guidance of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) . The Company determines the fair value of its Agency RMBS based upon prices obtained from third-party pricing providers or broker quotes received using bid price, which are both deemed indicative of market activity. In determining the fair value of its non-Agency RMBS, management judgment is used to arrive at fair value that considers prices obtained from third-party pricing providers, broker quotes received and other applicable market data.

If listed price data is not available or insufficient, then fair value is based upon internally developed models that are primarily based on observable market-based inputs but also include unobservable market data inputs. The Company classifies these securities as Level 3 assets. As of December 31, 2009, 0.4% of the available-for-sale securities portfolio is categorized as Level 3.

The Company’s application of ASC 820 guidance is discussed in further detail in Note 7 —  Fair Value Measurements of these notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition, Premium Amortization and Discount Accretion

Interest income on securities is accrued based on the outstanding principal balance and their contractual terms as prescribed by codified guidance in ASC 320, Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (“ASC 320”) . Premiums and discounts associated with RMBS that are issued or guaranteed as to principal and/or interest by a federally chartered corporation, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or an agency of the U.S. Government,

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

such as Ginnie Mae (collectively, “Agency RMBS”) and non-Agency RMBS rated AA and higher at the time of purchase, are amortized into interest income over the life of such securities using the effective yield method. Amortization and adjustments to premium amortization are made for actual prepayment activity.

Interest income on the non-Agency RMBS that were purchased at a discount to par value and/or were rated below AA at the time of purchase is recognized based on the security’s effective interest rate. The effective interest rate on these securities is based on the projected cash flows from each security, which are estimated based on the Company’s observation of current information and events and include assumptions related to interest rates, prepayment rates and the timing and amount of credit losses. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company reviews and, if appropriate, makes adjustments to its cash flow projections based on input and analysis received from external sources, internal models, and its judgment about interest rates, prepayment rates, the timing and amount of credit losses, and other factors. Changes in cash flows from those originally projected, or from those estimated at the last evaluation, may result in a prospective change in the yield/interest income recognized on such securities. Actual maturities of the available-for-sale securities are affected by the contractual lives of the associated mortgage collateral, periodic payments of principal, and prepayments of principal. Therefore actual maturities of available-for-sale securities are generally shorter than stated contractual maturities. Stated contractual maturities are generally greater than ten years. There can be no assurance that the Company’s assumptions used to estimate future cash flows or the current period’s yield for each asset would not change in the near term, and the change could be material.

Based on the projected cash flows from the Company’s non-Agency RMBS purchased at a discount to par value, a portion of the purchase discount may be designated as credit protection against future credit losses and, therefore, may not be accreted into interest income. The amount designated as credit discount may be adjusted over time, based on the actual performance of the security, its underlying collateral, actual and projected cash flow from such collateral, economic conditions and other factors. If the performance of a security with a credit discount is more favorable than forecasted, a portion of the amount designated as credit discount may be accreted into interest income over time. Conversely, if the performance of a security with a credit discount is less favorable than forecasted, additional amounts of the purchase discount may be designated as credit discount, or impairment charges and write-downs of such securities to a new cost basis could result.

Impairment

The Company evaluates its investment securities, on a quarterly basis, to assess whether a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale security below the Company’s amortized cost basis is an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). Based on the codified guidance of ASC 320, the presence of OTTI is based upon a fair value decline below a security’s amortized cost basis and a corresponding adverse change in expected cash flows due to credit related factors as well as non-credit factors, such as changes in interest rates and market spreads. ASC 320 requires impairment to be considered other-than-temporary if an entity (i) intends to sell the security, (ii) will more likely than not be required to sell the security before it recovers in value, or (iii) does not expect to recover the security’s amortized cost basis, even if the entity does not intend to sell the security. Under these scenarios, the impairment is other-than-temporary and the full amount of impairment should be recognized currently in earnings and the cost basis of the investment security is adjusted. However, if an entity does not intend to sell the impaired debt security and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell before recovery, the OTTI should be separated into (i) the estimated amount relating to credit loss (“credit” component), and (ii) the amount relating to all other factors (“non-credit” component). Only the estimated credit loss amount is recognized currently in earnings, with the remainder of the loss amount recognized in other comprehensive income. The difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected is accreted as interest income in accordance with the effective interest method.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Balance Sheet Presentation

Investment securities transactions are recorded on the trade date. Purchases of newly-issued securities are recorded when all significant uncertainties regarding the characteristics of the securities are removed, generally shortly before settlement date. Realized gains and losses on sales of investment securities are determined on the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash held in bank accounts and cash held in money market funds on an overnight basis.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents the Company’s cash held by counterparties as collateral against the Company’s securities, swaps and/or repurchase agreements and the restricted portion of the funds held in the Trust Account. Cash held by counterparties as collateral, which resides in non-interest bearing accounts, is not available to the Company for general corporate purposes, but may be applied against amounts due to securities, swap or repurchase counterparties or returned to the Company when the collateral requirements are exceeded or, at the maturity of the swap or repurchase agreement.

Accrued Interest Receivable

Accrued interest receivable represents interest that is due and payable to the Company. Cash interest is generally received within thirty days of recording the receivable.

Due from Counterparties

Due from Counterparties includes cash held by counterparties for payment of principal and interest or upon settlement of trade positions. Due from counterparties also includes cash held by counterparties as collateral against the Company’s swaps and/or repurchase agreements but represents excess capacity and deemed unrestricted and a receivable from the counterparty as of the balance sheet date.

Derivative Financial Instruments, at Fair Value

In accordance with codified guidance of ASC 815 —  Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), all derivative financial instruments, whether designated for hedging relationships or not, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities and carried at fair value.

At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company determines whether the instrument will be part of a qualifying hedge accounting relationship or whether the Company will account for the contract as a trading instrument. Due to the volatility of the credit markets and difficulty in effectively matching pricing or cash flows, the Company has elected to treat all current derivative contracts as trading instruments. The changes in fair value of derivatives accounted for as trading instruments are reported in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements, as these contracts are hedging interest rate risk associated with the Company’s repurchase agreements.

The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts for a variety of reasons, including minimizing significant fluctuations in earnings or market values on certain assets or liabilities that may be caused by changes in interest rates. The Company may, at times, enter into various forward contracts including short securities, Agency to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”), options, futures, swaps, and caps. Due to the nature of these instruments, they may be in a receivable/asset position or a payable/liability position at the end of an accounting period. Amounts payable to, and receivable from, the same party under contracts may be offset as long as the following conditions are met: (a) each of the two parties owes the other determinable amounts; (b) the reporting party has the right to offset the amount owed with the amount owed by the other party; (c) the reporting party intends to offset; and (d) the right of offset is enforceable by law. If the aforementioned conditions are not met, amounts payable to and receivable from are presented by the Company on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheet.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The Company has provided specific disclosure regarding the location and amounts of derivative instruments in the financial statements and how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for. See Note 6 —  Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities of these notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Repurchase Agreements

The Company finances the acquisition of certain of its investment securities through the use of repurchase agreements. The repurchase agreements are all short-term debt, which expire within one year. Borrowings under repurchase agreements generally bear interest rates of a specified margin over one-month LIBOR and are generally uncommitted. The repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are carried at their contractual amounts, as specified in the respective agreements.

Accrued Interest Payable

Accrued interest payable represents interest that is due and payable to third parties. Interest is generally paid within thirty days to three months of recording the payable, based upon the Company’s remittance requirements.

Deferred Tax Liabilities

Income recognition for GAAP and tax differ in certain respects. These differences often reflect differing accounting treatments for tax and GAAP, such as accounting for discount and premium amortization, credit losses, asset impairments, recognition of certain operating expenses and certain valuation estimates. Some of these differences are temporary in nature and create timing mismatches between when taxable income is earned and the tax is paid versus when the GAAP income is recognized and the tax provision is recorded. Some of these differences are permanent since certain income (or expense) may be recorded for tax but not for GAAP (or vice-versa). One such significant permanent difference is the Company’s ability as a REIT to deduct dividends paid to shareholders as an expense for tax, but not for GAAP.

As a result of these differences, the Company may recognize taxable income in periods prior or subsequent to when the Company recognizes income for GAAP. When this occurs, the Company pays or defers the tax liability and establishes a deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability, respectively, for GAAP.

As the income is subsequently realized in future periods under GAAP, the deferred tax asset is recognized as an expense. Alternatively, as the Company realizes the deferred taxable income, the deferred tax liability is recognized as a reduction to taxable income. The Company’s deferred tax assets and/or liabilities are primarily generated by differences in GAAP and taxable income at our taxable subsidiaries. GAAP and tax differences in the REIT may create additional deferred tax assets to the extent the Company does not distribute all of its taxable income.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) and the corresponding provisions of state law. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must distribute at least 90% of its annual REIT taxable income to shareholders (not including taxable income retained in its taxable subsidiaries) within the time frame set forth in the tax code and the Company must also meet certain other requirements. In addition, because certain activities, if performed by the Company, may cause the Company to earn income which is not qualifying for the REIT gross income tests, the Company has formed taxable REIT subsidiaries, as defined in the Code, to engage in such activities. These taxable REIT subsidiaries activities are subject to income taxes as well as any REIT taxable income not distributed to shareholders.

The Company assesses its tax positions for all open tax years and determines whether the Company has any material unrecognized liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes . The Company records these liabilities to the extent the Company deems them more likely than not to be incurred. The Company classifies interest and penalties on material uncertain tax positions as interest expense and operating expense, respectively, in its consolidated statements of (loss) income.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

As of October 28, 2009 and the periods prior to that date, Capitol’s operations were taxable as a domestic C corporation and subject to federal, state, and local income taxes based upon its taxable income (loss).

(Loss) Earnings Per Share

Basic (loss) earnings per share are computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to other common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted (loss) earnings per share are computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to other common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares outstanding are calculated using the treasury stock method, which assumes that all dilutive common stock equivalents are exercised and the funds generated by the exercises are used to buy back outstanding common stock at the average market price of the common stock during the reporting period. In accordance with ASC 260 Earnings Per Share (“ASC 260”), if there is a loss from continuing operations, the common stock equivalents are deemed anti-dilutive and diluted (loss) earnings per share is calculated in the same manner as basic (loss) earnings per share.

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Current period net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale real estate securities are reported as components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income on our consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive (loss) income. Net unrealized gains and losses on securities held by our taxable subsidiaries that are reported in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are adjusted for the effects of taxation and may create deferred tax assets or liabilities.

The Company did not recognize other-than-temporary impairments in its securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Accretion of Trust Account Income Relating to Common Stock Subject to Possible Conversion

The Company recorded accretion of the income earned in the Trust Account relating to the common stock subject to possible conversion based on the excess of the earnings for the period over the amount which is available to be used for working capital and taxes. Since 30% (less one share) of the shares issued in the Capitol initial public offering were subject to possible conversion, the portion of the excess earnings related to those shares are reflected on the balance sheet as part of “Common stock subject to possible conversion” and is deducted from “additional paid-in capital.” The portion of the excess earnings is also presented as a deduction from net income on the Statements of Income (Loss) to appropriately reflect the amount of net income which would remain available to the common stockholders who did not elect to convert their shares to cash. The accretion of income earned in the Trust Account relating to the common stock subject to possible conversion was $235,706 for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the accretion of income earned in the Trust Account, prior to the business combination was $92,872.

Equity Incentive Plan

The Company has adopted an equity incentive plan in 2009 which provides incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, advisors, consultants and other personnel, including PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates. The 2009 equity incentive plan is administered by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. The 2009 equity incentive plan permits the granting of restricted shares of common stock, phantom shares, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based awards.

The cost of equity awards is determined in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) and amortized over the vesting term using an accelerated method. Restricted stock granted in 2009 to non-employee directors vests over a three-year period.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Recently Issued and/or Adopted Accounting Standards

General Principles

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (ASC 105).   In June 2009, the FASB issued The Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Codification) (the “Codification”) which revises the framework for selecting the accounting principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with GAAP. The objective of the Codification is to establish the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB. In adopting the Codification, all non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification is superseded and deemed non-authoritative. The Codification required any references within the Company’s consolidated financial statements to be modified from FASB issues to ASC references. However, in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Notice to Constituents (v 2.0), the Company did not reference specific sections of the ASC but used broad topic references. The Company’s recent accounting pronouncements section has been reformatted to reflect the same organizational structure as the ASC. Broad topic references will be updated with pending content as they are released.

Assets

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (ASC 320).   New guidance was provided to make impairment guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of OTTI on debt and equity securities in financial statements. The guidance revises the OTTI evaluation methodology. Previously the analytical focus was on whether a company had the “intent and ability to retain its investment in the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.” Now the focus is on whether a company (1) has the intent to sell the investment securities, (2) is more likely than not to be required to sell the investment securities before recovery, or (3) does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the investment securities. Further, the security is analyzed for credit loss (the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis). The credit loss, if any, is then recognized in earnings, while the balance of impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The adoption of this ASC did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Broad Transactions

Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815).   Effective January 1, 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance attempting to improve the transparency of financial reporting by mandating the provision of additional information about how derivative and hedging activities affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This guidance changed the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosure about (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for, and (3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. To adhere to this guidance, qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts, gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements must be made. This disclosure framework is intended to better convey the purpose of derivative use in terms of the risks that an entity is intending to manage. Because this ASC impacts the disclosure and not the accounting treatment for derivative instruments and related hedge items, the adoption of this ASC did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820).   In response to the recent deterioration of the credit markets, the FASB issued additional guidance for determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased when compared with normal market activity for

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

the asset or liability (or similar assets or liabilities). The guidance gives specific factors to evaluate if there has been a decrease in normal market activity and if so, provides a methodology to analyze transactions or quoted prices and make necessary adjustments to fair value. The objective is to determine the point within a range of fair value estimates that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions. The implementation of this guidance did not have a material impact on the manner in which the Company estimates fair value. In August 2009, the FASB provided further guidance regarding the fair value measurement of liabilities. The guidance states that a quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market is a Level 1 fair value measurement. If the value must be adjusted for factors specific to the liability, then the adjustment to the quoted price of the asset shall render the fair value measurement of the liability a lower level measurement. The adoption of this ASC guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820).   On January 21, 2010, the FASB issued an ASU, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements which provides guidance on how investment assets and liabilities are to be valued and disclosed. Specifically, the amendment requires reporting entities to disclose i) the input and valuation techniques used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, for Level 2 or Level 3 positions ii) transfers between all levels (including Level 1 and Level 2) will be required to be disclosed on a gross basis (i.e. transfers out must be disclosed separately from transfers in) as well as the reason(s) for the transfer and iii) purchases, sales, issuances and settlements must be shown on a gross basis in the Level 3 rollforward rather than as one net number. The effective date of the amendment is for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2009; however, the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity for purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. At this time the Company is evaluating the implications of the amendment to ASC 820 and the impact to the financial statements.

Financial Instruments (ASC 820).   On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance which requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods as well as in annual financial statements. The effective date of this guidance is for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009 with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. Because this ASC impacts the disclosure and not the accounting treatment for financial instruments, the adoption of this ASC did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Subsequent Events (ASC 855).   ASC 855 provides general standards governing accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855 also provides guidance on the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements and the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date. Because this ASC impacts the disclosure and not the accounting treatment for subsequent events, the adoption of this ASC did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Transfers and Servicing (ASC 860).   In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance addressing whether transactions where assets purchased from a particular counterparty and financed through a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty can be considered and accounted for as separate transactions, or are required to be considered “linked” transactions and may be considered derivatives. This guidance requires purchases and subsequent financing through repurchase agreements to be considered linked transactions unless all of the following conditions apply: (1) the initial purchase and the use of repurchase agreements to finance the purchase are not contractually contingent upon each other; (2) the repurchase financing entered into

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

between the parties provides full recourse to the transferee and the repurchase price is fixed; (3) the financial assets are readily obtainable in the market; and (4) the financial instrument and the repurchase agreement are treated as linked. The adoption of this ASC did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

Note 3. Available-for-sale Securities, at Fair Value

The following table presents our available-for-sale, or AFS, investment securities by collateral type which were carried at their fair value:

   
  December 31,
     2009   2008
Mortgage-backed securities:
                 
Agency
                 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation   $ 255,669,015     $  
Federal National Mortgage Association     155,729,386        
Government National Mortgage Association     6,421,615        
Non-agency     76,644,851        
Total mortgage-backed securities   $ 494,464,867     $  

At December 31, 2009, the Company pledged investment securities with a carrying value of $444.8 million, respectively, as collateral for repurchase agreements. See Note 8 — Repurchase Agreements.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any securities purchased from and financed with the same counterparty that did not meet the conditions of ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing .

The following table presents the amortized cost and carrying value (which equals fair value) of AFS securities by collateral type as of December 31, 2009:

     
  Agency   Non-agency   Total
Face Value   $ 534,878,857     $ 166,580,309     $ 701,459,166  
Unamortized premium     18,535,106             18,535,106  
Unamortized discount
                          
Designated credit reserve           (50,186,623 )       (50,186,623 )  
Net, unamortized     (133,343,316 )       (41,049,738 )       (174,393,054 )  
Amortized Cost     420,070,647       75,343,948       495,414,595  
Gross unrealized gains     1,081,947       2,020,339       3,102,286  
Gross unrealized losses     (3,332,578 )       (719,436 )       (4,052,014 )  
Carrying Value   $ 417,820,016     $ 76,644,851     $ 494,464,867  

The following table presents the carrying value of AFS securities by interest and collateral type as of December 31, 2009:

     
  Agency   Non-agency   Total
Adjustable Rate   $ 305,441,270     $ 34,848,759     $ 340,290,029  
Fixed Rate     112,378,746       41,796,092       154,174,838  
Total   $ 417,820,016     $ 76,644,851     $ 494,464,867  

The Company did not hold any AFS securities as of December 31, 2008.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Available-for-sale Securities, at Fair Value  – (continued)

When the Company purchases a credit-sensitive AFS security at a significant discount to its face value, the Company often does not amortize into income a significant portion of this discount that the Company is entitled to earn since it does not expect to collect it due to the inherent credit risk of the security. The Company may also record an OTTI for a portion of its investment in the security to the extent the Company believes that principal losses will exceed the discount. The amount of principal face that the Company does not amortize into income is designated as a credit reserve on the security, with net unamortized discounts or premiums amortized into income over time using the interest method in accordance with ASC 320.

The following table presents the changes for the year ended December 31, 2009, of the unamortized discount and designated credit reserves on AFS securities.

     
  Designated
credit reserve
  Unamortized
net discount
  Total
Beginning balance at January 1, 2009   $     $     $  
Accretion of net discount           622,600       622,600  
Realized credit losses     86,187             86,187  
Acquisitions     (50,272,810 )       (46,225,694 )       (96,498,504 )  
Sales, calls, other           4,553,356       4,553,356  
Ending balance at December 31, 2009   $ (50,186,623 )     $ (41,049,738 )     $ (91,236,361 )  

The following table presents the components comprising the carrying value of AFS securities that were in an unrealized loss position and not deemed to be other than temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009.

     
  Unrealized Loss Position for:
Less than 12 Months
     Amortized Cost   Gross Unrealized Losses   Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2009   $ 417,008,390     $ (4,052,014 )     $ 412,956,376  

At December 31, 2009, the Company held 112 AFS securities, of which 61 were in an unrealized loss position. There were no unrealized loss positions for twelve consecutive months or longer due to the Company beginning its operations in the fourth quarter of 2009. At December 31, 2008, the Company held no AFS securities.

Evaluating AFS Securities for Other-than-Temporary Impairments

In 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 320 to evaluate AFS securities for OTTI. This evaluation requires us to determine whether there has been a significant adverse quarterly change in the cash flow expectations for a security. The Company also considers whether there has been a significant adverse change in the regulatory and/or economic environment as part of this analysis. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairments on AFS securities in our consolidated statements of income (loss).

Gross Realized Gains and Losses

Gains and losses from the sale of AFS securities are recorded as realized gains (losses) within gain (loss) on sale of investment securities, net in our consolidated statements of income (loss). The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on sales and calls of AFS securities for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Available-for-sale Securities, at Fair Value  – (continued)

     
    
  
Year Ended December 31,
  For the period from
June 26, 2007
(inception) through
December 31, 2007
     2009   2008
Gross realized gains – sales   $ 335,966     $     $  
Gross realized gains – calls                  
Gross realized losses – sales                  
Gross realized losses – calls                  
Total realized gains (losses) on sales and calls, net   $ 335,966     $     $  

Note 4. Restricted Cash

The following table presents the Company’s restricted cash balances and the purposes of the balances:

   
  December 31,
     2009   2008
Restricted cash balances held by:
                 
Broker counterparties for securities trading activity   $ 8,000,000     $  
Repurchase counterparties as restricted collateral     913,048        
Trust account for business combination or similar transaction           259,132,312  
Total   $ 8,913,048     $ 259,132,312  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company is required to maintain certain cash balances with counterparties for broker activity and collateral for the Company’s repurchase agreements in non-interest bearing accounts.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company considered the restricted portion of the funds held in the Trust Account as being a restricted asset. Since the acquisition of a business is principally considered to be a long-term purpose, with long-term assets such as property and intangibles, typically being a major part of the acquired assets, the Company has reported the funds anticipated to be used in the acquisition as a non-current restricted asset.

Note 5. Accrued Interest Receivable

The following table presents the Company’s accrued interest receivable by collateral type:

   
  December 31,
     2009   2008
Accrued Interest Receivable:
                 
Agency
                 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation   $ 1,227,847     $  
Federal National Mortgage Association     808,648        
Government National Mortgage Association     128,469        
Non-agency     414,731        
Total Accrued Interest Receivable   $ 2,579,695     $  

The Company did not have any accrued interest receivables as of December 31, 2008.

Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company expects to enter into a variety of derivative and non-derivative instruments in connection with its risk management activities. The Company’s primary objective for executing these derivatives and non-derivative instruments is to mitigate the Company’s economic exposure to future events that are outside its

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities  – (continued)

control. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are utilized principally to manage market risk and cash flow volatility associated with interest rate risk (including associated prepayment risk) related to certain assets and liabilities. As part of its risk management activities, the Company may, at times, enter into various forward contracts including short securities, agency to-be-announced securities (“TBAs”), options, futures, swaps and caps. Due to its limited operations in 2009 and current risk management strategy, the Company has limited its derivative trading activity to interest rate swap agreements. The Company has additionally entered into a number of non-derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk, principally Agency interest-only securities.

The following summarizes the Company’s significant asset and liability classes, the risk exposure for these classes, and the Company’s risk management activities used to mitigate certain of these risks. The discussion will include both derivative and non-derivative instruments used as part of these risk management activities. While the Company uses non-derivative and derivative instruments to achieve the Company’s risk management activities, it is possible that these instruments will not effectively mitigate all or a substantial portion of the Company’s market rate risk. In addition, the Company might elect at times not to enter into certain hedging arrangements in an effort to maintain compliance with REIT requirements.

Interest Rate Sensitive Assets/Liabilities

Available-for-sale Securities  — The Company’s investment securities are generally subject to change in value when mortgage rates decline or increase depending on the type of investment. Rising mortgage rates generally result in an increase in slowing of refinancing activity, which slows prepayments and results in a decline in the expected value of our fixed-rate agency pools. To mitigate the impact of this risk, the Company maintains a portfolio of financial instruments, primarily fixed-rate interest-only securities, which increase in value when interest rates increase. The primary objective is to minimize the overall risk of loss in the value of the investment securities due to the change in fair value caused by interest rate changes and their interrelated impact on prepayments.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding fair value of $16.5 million of interest-only securities in place to economically hedge its investment securities. Although, derivative contracts were not entered into as of December 31, 2009 to hedge our investment securities, the Company may enter into derivative contracts to mitigate interest rate risk associated with investment securities in the future.

Repurchase Agreements  — The Company monitors its repurchase agreements, which are generally floating rate debt, in relationship to the rate profile of its investment securities. When it is cost effective to do so, the Company may enter into interest rate arrangements to align the interest rate composition of its investment securities and debt portfolios. Typically, the significant terms of the interest rate swaps match the terms of the underlying debt, resulting in an effective conversion of the rate of the related repurchase agreement.

The Company has not applied hedge accounting to its current derivative portfolio held to mitigate the interest rate risk associated with its debt portfolio. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had an outstanding contract with a positive fair value of $0.4 million and outstanding notional of $100 million in place to economically hedge its debt balances. The agreement matures in December of 2011 and established a fixed interest rate of 1.168%.

Foreign Currency Risk

In compliance with the Company’s REIT requirements, the Company does not have exposure to foreign denominated assets or liabilities. As such, the Company is not subject to foreign currency risk.

Credit Risk

The Company has limited its exposure to credit losses on its Agency portfolio of investment securities by purchasing securities issued by government sponsored entities, or GSEs. The payment of principal and interest

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities  – (continued)

on the FHLMC, and FNMA mortgage-backed securities are guaranteed by those respective agencies, and the payment of principal and interest on the GNMA mortgage-backed securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

For non-Agency investment securities, the Company currently does not believe it is cost effective or beneficial to the Company’s REIT status to hedge credit risk with derivative instruments, and accordingly, the Company does not hold derivative instruments to specifically hedge credit risk. However, the Company has processes and controls in place to monitor, analyze, manage and mitigate its credit risk with respect to non-Agency RMBS.

Derivative financial instruments contain an element of credit risk if counterparties are unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments is measured as the net replacement cost should the counterparties which owe the Company under contracts completely fail to perform under the terms of these contracts, assuming there are no recoveries of underlying collateral, as measured by the market value of the derivative financial instruments. As December 31, 2009, the market value of derivative financial instruments as an asset and liability position was $0.4 and $0.0 million, respectively.

The Company mitigates the credit risk exposure by limiting the counterparties to those major banks and financial institutions that meet established credit guidelines and seeks to transact with several different counterparties in order to reduce the Company’s specific counterparty exposure. Additionally, the Company reduces credit risk on the majority of its derivative instruments by entering into agreements that permit the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon occurrence of certain events. To further mitigate the risk of counterparty default, the Company maintains collateral agreements with certain of its counterparties. The agreements require both parties to maintain cash deposits in the event the fair values of the derivative financial instruments exceed established thresholds. The Company has not received cash deposits from counterparties at December 31, 2009, respectively, for derivative positions in an asset position to the Company. The Company has placed cash deposits of $1.0 million as of December 31, 2009 in accounts maintained by counterparties, however, due to the positive fair value of the existing interest rate swap agreement this amount is not considered restricted as of the balance sheet date. The cash deposits placed are included on the consolidated balance sheet in due from counterparties.

In accordance with ASC 815, as amended and interpreted, the Company records derivative financial instruments on its consolidated balance sheet as assets or liabilities at fair value. Changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative instruments and whether it qualifies for hedge accounting treatment. Due to the volatility of the credit markets and difficulty in effectively matching pricing or cash flows, the Company has elected to treat all current derivative contracts as trading instruments. The changes in fair value of derivatives accounted for as trading instruments are reported in the consolidated statements of income (loss) through unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements.

Balance Sheet Presentation

The following table shows the gross fair value and notional amounts of the Company’s derivative financial instruments treated as trading instruments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

       
  Derivative Assets   Derivative Liabilities
     Fair Value   Notional   Fair Value   Notional
Interest rate swaps   $ 363,666     $ 100,000,000     $     $  
Total   $ 363,666     $ 100,000,000     $     $  

The Company did not enter into derivative contracts as of December 31, 2008.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities  – (continued)

Income Statement Presentation

The following table summarizes the location and amount of gains and losses reported in the consolidated statement of income on its derivative instruments.

   
Trading Instruments   Location of Gain/(Loss) Recognize in Income on Derivatives   Amount of
Gain/(Loss)
Recognize in Income on
Derivatives
2009
Interest Rate Contracts
                 
Investment securities     Not applicable     $  
Repurchase agreements     Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements       363,666  
Foreign Exchange Contracts     Not applicable        
Total         $ 363,666  

The Company did not recognize derivative gains or losses in the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and for the period ended from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007.

Note 7. Fair Value

Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 clarifies that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available in active markets (i.e. observable inputs) and the lowest priority to data lacking transparency (i.e. unobservable inputs). Additionally, ASC 820 requires an entity to consider all aspects of nonperformance risk, including the entity’s own credit standing, when measuring fair value of a liability.

ASC 820 establishes a three level hierarchy to be used when measuring and disclosing fair value. An instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. Following is a description of the three levels:

Level 1 Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the measurement date. Additionally, the entity must have the ability to access the active market and the quoted prices cannot be adjusted by the entity.
Level 2 Inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in inactive markets for identical or similar assets or liabilities; or inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means for substantially the full-term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs are supported by little or no market activity. The unobservable inputs represent management’s best assumptions of how market participants would price the assets and liabilities. Generally, Level 3 assets and liabilities are valued using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques that require significant judgment or estimation.

Following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies used to measure material assets and liabilities at fair value and details of the valuation models, key inputs to those models and significant assumptions utilized.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Fair Value  – (continued)

Available for sale securities  — The Company holds a portfolio of available for sale securities that are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet. Available for sale securities are primarily comprised of Agency and non-Agency RMBS. The Company determines the fair value of its Agency RMBS based upon prices obtained from third-party pricing providers or broker quotes received using bid price, which are deemed indicative of market activity. In determining the fair value of its non-Agency RMBS, management judgment is used to arrive at fair value that considers prices obtained from third-party pricing providers, broker quotes received and other applicable market data. If observable market prices are not available or insufficient to determine fair value due to principally illiquidity in the marketplace then fair value is based upon internally developed models that are primarily based on observable market-based inputs but also include unobservable market data inputs (including prepayment speeds, delinquency levels, and credit losses). The Company classified 99.6% and 0.4% of available for sale securities reported at fair value as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Available for sale securities account for 99.9% of all assets reported at fair value at December 31, 2009.

Derivative instruments  — The Company may enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments as part of its hedging strategies. The Company principally executes over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts, such as interest rate swaps, forward contracts, and listed derivatives that are not actively quoted. The Company uses internally developed models that are widely accepted in the market to value these over-the-counter derivative contracts. The specific terms of the contract are entered into the model, as well as market observable inputs such as interest rate forward curves and interpolated volatility assumptions. As all significant inputs into these models are market observable, the Company classified 100% of the derivative assets reported at fair value as Level 2 at December 31, 2009.

The Company’s Risk Management Committee governs trading activity relating to derivative instruments. The Company’s policy is to minimize credit exposure related to financial derivatives used for hedging, by limiting the hedge counterparties to major banks, financial institutions, exchanges, and private investors who meet established capital and credit guidelines, as well as by limiting the amount of exposure to any individual counterparty.

The Company has netting arrangements in place with all derivative counterparties pursuant to standard documentation developed by the International Swap and Derivatives Association, or ISDA. Additionally, both the Company and the counterparty are required to post cash collateral based upon the net underlying market value of the Company’s open positions with the counterparty. Posting of cash collateral typically occurs daily, subject to certain dollar thresholds. Due to the existence of netting arrangements, as well as frequent cash collateral posting at low posting thresholds, credit exposure to the Company and/or to the counterparty is considered materially mitigated and based on the Company’s assessment, there is no requirement for any additional adjustment to derivative valuations specifically for credit.

Recurring Fair Value

The following table displays the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company often economically hedges the fair value change of its assets or liabilities with derivatives and other financial instruments. The table below displays the hedges separately from the hedged items, and therefore does not directly display the impact of the Company’s risk management activities.

       
  Recurring Fair Value Measurements
At December 31, 2009
     Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Assets
                                   
Available-for-sale securities   $     $ 492,339,360     $ 2,125,507     $ 494,464,867  
Derivative assets           363,666             363,666  
Total assets   $     $ 492,703,026     $ 2,125,507     $ 494,828,533  

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Fair Value  – (continued)

The Company did not have any assets or liabilities recorded at fair value as of December 31, 2008.

The valuation of Level 3 instruments requires significant judgment by the third party pricing providers and/or management. The third party pricing providers and/or management rely on inputs such as market price quotations from market makers (either market or indicative levels), original transaction price, recent transactions in the same or similar instruments and changes in financial ratios or cash flows to determine fair value. Level 3 instruments may also be discounted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, with the amount of such discount estimated by the third party pricing provider in the absence of market information. Assumptions used by the third party pricing provider due to lack of observable inputs may significantly impact the resulting fair value and therefore the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s valuation committee reviews all pricing information received from a third party pricing provider. As part of this review, prices are compared against other pricing or input data points in the marketplace, along with internal valuation expertise, to ensure the pricing is reasonable. In addition, the Company performs back-testing of pricing information to validate price information and identify any pricing trends of a third party price provider.

In determining fair value, third party pricing providers use various valuation approaches, including market and income approaches. Inputs that are used in determining fair value of an instrument may include pricing information, credit data, volatility statistics, and other factors. In addition, inputs can be either observable or unobservable.

The availability of observable inputs can vary by instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, the type of instrument, whether the instrument is new and not yet established in the marketplace and other characteristics particular to the instrument. The third party pricing provider uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocations. In periods of market dislocation, the availability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified to or from various levels within the fair value hierarchy.

Securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the bid price (in the case of long positions) or the ask price (in the case of short positions) at the close of trading on the date as of which value is determined. Exchange traded securities for which no bid or ask price is available are valued at the last traded price.

OTC derivative contracts, including interest rate swaps, are valued by the Company using observable inputs, such as quotations received from the counterparty, dealers or brokers, whenever available and considered reliable. In instances where models are used, the value of an OTC derivative depends upon the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the instrument as well as the availability and reliability of observable inputs. Such inputs include market prices for reference securities, yield curves, credit curves, volatility measures, prepayment rates and correlation of such inputs. Certain OTC derivatives, such as swaps, have inputs which can generally be corroborated by market data and are therefore classified within Level 2.

Those OTC derivatives that have less liquidity or for which inputs are unobservable are classified within Level 3. While the valuations of these less liquid OTC derivatives may utilize some Level 1 and/or Level 2 inputs, they also include other unobservable inputs which are considered significant to the fair value determination.

The table below presents the reconciliation for all of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Level 3 items presented below may be hedged by derivatives and other financial instruments that are classified as Level 1 or Level 2. Thus, the tables below do not fully reflect the impact of the Company’s risk management activities.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Fair Value  – (continued)

             
  Level 3 Recurring Fair Value Measurements
     Year Ended December 31, 2009
     January 1, 2009
Level 3
Fair Value
  Total Net Gains/(Losses) Included in Net Income   Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Purchases, Sales and
Settlements,
Net
  Net Transfers
Into/(Out of)
Level 3
  End of Period
Level 3 Fair
Value
     Realized Gains
(Losses)
  Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
Assets
 
Available-for-sale securities   $     $ (9,716 )     $     $ (19,594 ) (a)     $ 2,154,817     $     $ 2,125,507  
Total assets   $     $ (9,716 )     $     $ (19,594 )     $ 2,154,817     $     $ 2,125,507  

(a) Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities recorded in equity as accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income.

Nonrecurring Fair Value

The Company may be required to measure certain assets or liabilities at fair value from time to time. These periodic fair value measures typically result from application of certain impairment measures under GAAP. These items would constitute nonrecurring fair value measures under ASC 820. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

In accordance with ASC 820, the Company is required to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet, for which fair value can be estimated.

The following describes the Company’s methods for estimating the fair value for financial instruments. Descriptions are not provided for those items that have zero balances as of the current balance sheet date.

Available-for-sale securities, derivative assets and liabilities are recurring fair value measurements; carrying value equals fair value. See discussion of valuation methods and assumptions within the Fair Value Measurements section of this footnote.
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash’s carrying value approximates fair value because of the short maturities of these instruments.
The carrying value of repurchase agreements approximates fair value due to the maturities of less than one year of these financial instruments. The Company’s repurchase agreements have floating rates based on an index plus a spread. These borrowings have been recently entered into and the credit spread is typically consistent with those demanded in the market. Accordingly, the interest rates on these borrowings would be at market and thus carrying value would approximate fair value.

Note 8. Repurchase Agreements

The Company had outstanding $411.9 million of repurchase agreements with a weighted average borrowing rate of 0.4% excluding the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap, and weighted average remaining maturities of 90 days as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, the Company did not have debt outstanding.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8. Repurchase Agreements  – (continued)

At December 31, 2009, the repurchase agreements had the following remaining maturities:

   
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
Within 30 days   $ 207,050,239     $  
30 to 59 days            
60 to 89 days            
90 to 119 days            
Over 120 days     204,842,271        
Total   $ 411,892,510     $  

The following table summarizes assets at carrying value that are pledged or restricted as collateral for the future payment obligations of repurchase agreements:

   
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
Available-for-Sale Securities   $ 444,833,063     $  
Restricted Cash     913,048        
Due from counterparties     1,736,952        
Total   $ 447,483,063     $  

The Company did not have any repurchase agreements or assets pledged as of December 31, 2008.

Under the repurchase agreements, the respective lender retains the right to mark the underlying collateral to fair value. A reduction in the value of pledged assets would require the Company to provide additional collateral or fund margin calls.

The following table summarizes certain characteristics of the Company’s repurchase agreements and counter-party concentration at December 31, 2009:

     
  Amount
Outstanding
  Net
Counter-Party
Exposure (1)
  Percent of
Equity
Barclay’s Capital Inc.   $ 233,480,499     $ 17,282,986       14 %  
Banc of America Securities LLC     16,251,000       10,865,507       9 %  
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.     15,269,000       992,694       1 %  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.     55,459,011       4,863,867       4 %  
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.     45,229,000       1,781,233       1 %  
RBS Securities Inc.     46,204,000       1,970,579       2 %  
Total   $ 411,892,510     $ 37,756,866        

(1) Represents the net carrying value of the securities sold under repurchase agreements to repurchase, including accrued interest plus any cash or assets on deposit to secure the repurchase obligation, over the amount of the repurchase liability, including accrued interest

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies

The following represent the material commitments and contingencies of the Company as of December 31, 2009:

Management agreement  — The Company pays PRCM Advisers LLC a management fee equal to 1.5% per annum, calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, of the Company’s stockholders’ equity. For purposes of calculating the management fee, the Company’s stockholders’ equity means the sum of the net proceeds from all issuances of the Company’s equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus the Company’s retained earnings at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less any amount that the Company pays for repurchases of the Company’s common stock since inception, and excluding any unrealized gains, losses or other items that do not affect realized net income (regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income). This amount will be adjusted to exclude one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP, and certain non-cash items after discussions between PRCM Advisers LLC and the Company’s independent directors and approval by a majority of the Company’s independent directors. To the extent asset impairment reduces the Company’s retained earnings at the end of any completed calendar quarter; it will reduce the management fee for such quarter. The Company’s stockholders’ equity for the purposes of calculating the management fee could be greater than the amount of stockholders’ equity shown on the consolidated financial statements. The initial term of the management agreement expires on October 28, 2012, with automatic, one-year renewals at the end of the initial term and each year thereafter.

The Company reimburses PRCM Advisers LLC for (i) the Company’s allocable share of the compensation paid by PRCM Advisers LLC to its personnel serving as the Company’s principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel employed by PRCM Advisers LLC as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to the Company, and (ii) any amounts for personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC’s affiliates arising under a shared facilities and services agreement.

Upon termination of the management agreement by the Company without cause or by PRCM Advisers LLC due to the Company’s material breach of the management agreement, the Company is required to pay a termination fee equal to three times the sum of the average annual base management fee earned by PRCM Advisers LLC during the 24-month period immediately preceding the date of termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of termination.

Contingent liabilities  — Certain fees payable pursuant to underwriting, legal and financial advisory arrangements entered into by the Company were deferred in lieu of certain rights to participate in future securities offerings by the Company. These fees remain contingent on a future securities offering and are not recognized as a liability in the financial statements.

Operating leases and employment contracts  — The Company does not currently maintain an office or directly employ personnel. Instead the Company relies on the facilities and resources of PRCM Advisers LLC to conduct the Company’s operations. Expense reimbursements to PRCM Advisers LLC are made in cash on a quarterly basis following the end of each quarter.

Legal and regulatory  — From time to time, the Company is subject to potential liability under laws and government regulations and various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Liabilities are established for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of resolving legal claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts established for those claims. Based on information currently available, management is not aware of any legal or regulatory claims that would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and therefore no accrual is required as of December 31, 2009.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock

On October 26, 2009, a majority of Capitol’s stockholders approved the proposed merger transaction with the Company, and the transaction closed on October 28, 2009. Capitol stockholders, who approved the merger and elected to remain shareholders, and all Capitol warrant holders, exchanged their Capitol shares and warrants for Company shares and warrants on a one-for-one basis. The Capitol shares and warrants were retired upon the merger completion.

A reconciliation of the common shares outstanding is as follows:

 
  Number of
common shares
Common shares as a component of stockholders’ equity     24,936,558  
Capitol’s common shares subject to possible conversion     7,874,699  
Common shares outstanding as of January 1, 2009     32,811,257  
Cancellation of Capitol Founders’ Shares     (6,562,257 )  
Common shares converted to cash by Capitol stockholders     (6,875,130 )  
Common shares acquired by Capitol as part of forward sale agreements     (5,994,661 )  
Common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009     13,379,209  

After consummation of the transaction, the Company has 13,379,209 shares of common stock outstanding and 33,249,000 warrants outstanding.

As of December 31, 2009, the outstanding warrants, which can be converted into a share of common stock on a one-for-one basis, had an exercise price of $11.00 per share and expire on November 7, 2013. The warrant agreement limits a holder’s ability to exercise warrants to ensure that such holder’s beneficial ownership or constructive ownership (as defined in our charter) does not exceed the restrictions contained in the charter limiting the ownership of shares of our common stock for purposes of maintaining our REIT qualification.

Net income per share

For the year ended December 31, 2009, there were 22,159 shares of restricted stock issued that were considered anti-dilutive due to the net loss for the period and excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, the Company has assumed that no warrants would be exercised as the book value per share of the Company’s common stock was below the strike price of the warrants and the warrants would be anti-dilutive.

Distributions to shareholders

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company declared dividends representing ordinary income to common shareholders totaling $3,484,356 or $0.26 per share, of which $3,478,595 was paid to shareholders on January 26, 2010. Approximately, $5,761 was not paid and remained payable to holders of restricted stock in accordance with the vesting terms of the 2009 equity incentive plan. See Note 11 —  Equity Incentive Plan .

Note 11. Equity Incentive Plan

The Company has adopted an equity incentive plan in 2009 which provides incentive compensation to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, advisors, consultants and other personnel, including PRCM Advisers LLC and affiliates and personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates, and any joint venture affiliates of the Company.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Equity Incentive Plan  – (continued)

The 2009 equity incentive plan is administered by the compensation committee. The compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors, has the full authority to administer and interpret the 2009 equity incentive plan, to authorize the granting of awards, to determine the eligibility of directors, officers, advisors, consultants and other personnel, including PRCM Advisers LLC and affiliates and personnel of PRCM Advisers LLC and its affiliates, and any joint venture affiliates of the Company, to receive an award, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award (subject to the individual participant limitations provided in the 2009 equity incentive plan), to determine the terms, provisions and conditions of each award (which may not be inconsistent with the terms of the 2009 equity incentive plan), to prescribe the form of instruments evidencing awards and to take any other actions and make all other determinations that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the 2009 equity incentive plan or the administration or interpretation thereof. In connection with this authority, the compensation committee may, among other things, establish performance goals that must be met in order for awards to be granted or to vest, or for the restrictions on any such awards to lapse.

The Company’s 2009 equity incentive plan provides for grants of restricted common stock, phantom shares, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based awards, subject to a ceiling of 200,000 shares available for issuance under the plan. The plan allows for the Company’s board of directors to expand the types of awards available under the plan to include long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) units in the future. The maximum number of shares that may underlie awards in any one year to any eligible person may not exceed 100,000. If an award granted under the 2009 equity incentive plan expires or terminates, the shares subject to any portion of the award that expires or terminates without having been exercised or paid, as the case may be, will again become available for the issuance of additional awards. Unless previously terminated by the Company’s board of directors, no new award may be granted under the 2009 equity incentive plan after the tenth anniversary of the date that such plan was initially approved by the Company’s board of directors. No award may be granted under the Company’s 2009 equity incentive plan to any person who, assuming payment of all awards held by such person, would own or be deemed to own more than 9.8% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

On October 28, 2009, the Company granted 22,159 shares of restricted common stock to its independent directors pursuant to the 2009 equity incentive plan. The estimated fair value of these awards was $9.59 per share, based on the closing price of Capitol’s common stock on the NYSE Amex on such date. The grants will vest in three annual installments commencing on the date of the grant, as long as such director is serving as a board member on the vesting date.

   
  2009
     Shares   Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Market Value
Outstanding at beginning of period         $  
Granted     22,159       9.59  
Vested            
Forfeited            
Outstanding at End of Period     22,159     $ 9.59  

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized compensation costs related to restricted stock of $21,644.

Note 12. Operating Expenses

Components of the Company’s operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007, are presented in the following table.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12. Operating Expenses  – (continued)

     
  2009   2008   For the period
from June 26,
2007 (inception)
through
December 31,
2007
Costs associated with business combination   $ (9,572,218 )     $     $  
Costs associated with Capitol as a development stage company     (1,346,747 )       (1,059,606 )       (140,999 )  
Other operating expenses:
                          
Compensation and benefits     (414,646 )              
Professional services     (625,345 )              
Data processing and other IT related     (146,887 )              
Other – other operating expenses     (65,500 )              
Total operating expenses   $ (12,171,343 )     $ (1,059,606 )     $ (140,999 )  

GAAP requires the direct costs of a business combination, such as transaction fees, due diligence, and consulting services to no longer be included in the measurement of the business acquired. Instead, these direct costs were recognized as expenses for the period in which they were incurred and the services received.

Note 13. Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) under the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes, commencing with the Company’s taxable period ended December 31, 2009. So long as the Company qualifies as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxes on its taxable income to the extent it annually distributes its net taxable income to stockholders and maintains its intended qualification as a REIT. The majority of states also recognize the Company’s REIT status.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company has decided to distribute the majority of its income and retain only a portion of the permanent difference between book and taxable income arising from Section 263(a) of the Code pertaining to costs associated with a business combination.

The following table summarizes the tax (benefit) provision for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the period from June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007:

     
  2009   2008   For the period
from June 26,
2007 (inception)
through
December 31,
2007
Current tax (benefit) provision:
                          
Federal   $ (441,937 )     $ 1,088,083     $ 618,648  
State                  
Total current tax (benefit) provision     (441,937 )       1,088,083       618,648  
Deferred tax provision (benefit):
                          
Taxable subsidiaries     123,646              
Total deferred tax provision (benefit)     123,646              
Total (Benefit from) Provision for Income Taxes   $ (318,291 )     $ 1,088,083     $ 618,648  

The Company’s taxable income before dividend distributions differed from our GAAP net (loss) income primarily due to the accounting for projected credit losses in our GAAP recognition of secondary market discount accretion income not recognized for tax, a portion of the proceeds acquired in the merger transaction with Capitol which were treated as dividends of earnings and the non-deductible expenses associated with the merger transaction that were treated as an adjustment to capital for tax purposes. These differences resulted in

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Income Taxes  – (continued)

net losses for GAAP during 2009, while taxable income remained positive. In 2008 and 2007, the Company paid federal taxes associated with its interest income as a development stage company.

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal and state rates to the effective rates, for the periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

           
  2009   2008   For the period from
June 26, 2007
(inception) through
December 31, 2007
     Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
Computed income tax expense at federal rate   $ (3,081,359 )       (34 )%     $ 1,150,089       34 %     $ 453,295       34 %  
State taxes, net of federal benefit, if applicable                                    
Differences in taxable income from GAAP (loss) income     4,011,847       44 %       (62,006 )       (2 )%       165,353       12 %  
Dividends paid deduction     (1,248,779 )       (14 )%                          
Effective Tax Rate   $ (318,291 )       (4 )%     $ 1,088,083       32 %     $ 618,648       46 %  

The Company’s consolidated balance sheet, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, contains the following current and deferred tax assets and liabilities:

   
  2009   2008
Current tax
                 
Federal prepaid income tax   $ 490,206     $ 48,269  
State and local income tax payable            
Deferred tax liabilities     (123,646 )        
     $ 366,560     $ 48,269  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had recognized a federal income tax receivable associated with the federal tax benefits of $441,937 resulting from the available carry-back of net losses of $1.0 million.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, our taxable subsidiaries had net deferred tax liabilities as presented in the table below.

Deferred Tax Liabilities

   
  December 31,
     2009   2008
Unrealized gain on derivative asset   $ 123,646     $  
Other            
Total net deferred tax liabilities   $ 123,646     $  

Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. The Company classifies interest and penalties on material uncertain tax positions as interest expense and operating expense, respectively, in its consolidated statements of income (loss). There were no amounts accrued for penalties or interest as of or during the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefit position to change during the next twelve months. Management is currently unaware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviations from its position.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Income Taxes  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2009, the available-for-sale securities, at fair value, had a U.S. federal tax basis of approximately $496.6 million.

Note 14. Related Party Transactions

The following summary provides disclosure of the material transactions with affiliates of the Company.

In accordance with the management agreement with PRCM Advisers LLC, the Company accrued $325,654 as a management fee to PRCM Advisers LLC as of December 31, 2009, which represents approximately 1.5% of stockholder’s equity as defined by the management agreement. In addition, the Company reimbursed PRCM Advisers LLC for direct and allocated costs incurred by PRCM Advisers LLC on behalf of the Company. These direct and allocated costs, totaling $4,886,904, are included accordingly in Note 12 —  Operating Expenses.

On October 28, 2009, the Company granted 22,159 shares of restricted common stock to its independent directors pursuant to the 2009 equity incentive plan. The estimated fair value of these awards was $9.59 per share, based on the closing price of Capitol’s common stock on the NYSE Amex on such date. The grants will vest in three annual installments commencing on the date of the grant, as long as such director is serving as a board member on the vesting date. The Company recognized $21,644 of compensation expense associated with the amortization of these shares over their respective vesting periods.

In addition to the 33,249,000 publicly registered warrants, 9,906,918 non-registered warrants are beneficially owned by the Capitol founders and Nisswa Acquisition Master Fund, Ltd, which is an investment fund managed by Pine River. The Company will not receive any reimbursement for future costs associated with the future registration and sale of these warrants and associated common stock.

Note 15. Subsequent Events

Events subsequent to December 31, 2009 were evaluated through the date these financial statements were issued.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16. Quarterly Financial Data — Unaudited

       
  2009 Quarter Ended
     March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
Interest Income
                                   
Available-for-sale securities   $     $     $     $ 2,796,113  
Cash and cash equivalents     48,247       7,185       890       13,618  
Total interest income     48,247       7,185       890       2,809,731  
Interest Expense                       131,510  
Net Interest Income     48,247       7,185       890       2,678,221  
Other Income
                                   
Gain on sale of investment securities, net                       335,966  
Unrealized gain on interest rate swap agreements                       363,666  
Total Other Income                       699,632  
Expenses
                                   
Management fees                       325,654  
Operating expenses     320,402       1,385,707       1,040,300       9,424,934  
Total Expenses     320,402       1,385,707       1,040,300       9,750,588  
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes     (272,155 )       (1,378,522 )       (1,039,410 )       (6,372,735 )  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     91,987       154,798       119,483       (47,977 )  
Net Loss   $ (180,168 )     $ (1,223,724 )     $ (919,927 )     $ (6,420,712 )  
Accretion of Trust Account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion     (30,837 )       (37,312 )       (24,723 )        
Net loss attributable to other common stockholders   $ (211,005 )     $ (1,261,036 )     $ (944,650 )     $ (6,420,712 )  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, excluding shares subject to possible conversion – basic and diluted     24,936,558       24,936,558       24,936,558       16,935,316  
Basic and diluted loss per share:   $ (0.01 )     $ (0.05 )     $ (0.04 )     $ (0.38 )  

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16. Quarterly Financial Data — Unaudited  – (continued)

       
  2008 Quarter Ended
     March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31
Interest Income
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,234,809     $ 869,053     $ 956,751     $ 381,609  
Total interest income     2,234,809       869,053       956,751       381,609  
Expenses
                                   
Operating expenses     284,012       266,757       225,564       283,273  
Total Expenses     284,012       266,757       225,564       283,273  
Net (loss) income before provision for income taxes     1,950,797       602,296       731,187       98,336  
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes     (663,271 )       (207,027 )       (182,556 )       (35,229 )  
Net Income   $ 1,287,526     $ 395,269     $ 548,631     $ 63,107  
Accretion of Trust Account income relating to common stock subject to possible conversion                 (143,217 )       (92,489 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to other common stockholders   $ 1,287,526     $ 395,269     $ 405,414     $ (29,382 )  
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, excluding shares subject to possible conversion – basic and diluted     24,936,558       24,936,558       24,936,558       24,936,558  
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:   $ 0.05     $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ (0.00 )  

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Changes and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

On October 30, 2009, the audit committee of the Board of Directors of the Company engaged Ernst & Young LLP as the principal accountant for Capitol. As a result of the Merger, Capitol became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, for which Ernst & Young LLP serves as the principal accountant, and consequently Marcum LLP formerly known as Marcum & Kliegman LLP (“Marcum”) was effectively dismissed. Neither the Company’s nor Capitol’s Boards of Directors recommended or approved such decision by the audit committee; however, the Company’s Board of Directors has delegated to the audit committee, which is comprised of all of the Company’s independent directors, the authority to engage independent certified public accountants. Marcum’s report in respect of the audited financial statements of Capitol as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the periods June 26, 2007 (inception) through December 31, 2007 and 2008 included an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Capitol to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to such financial statements. During Capitol’s two most recent fiscal years and the subsequent interim periods prior to October 30, 2009, neither the Company nor Capitol had any disagreements with Marcum on any matter of accounting principle or practice, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

A review and evaluation was performed by the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“1934 Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K. Based on that review and evaluation, the CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s current disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, were effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2009, the Company implemented new systems, processes and controls in connection with the merger transaction and the transformation of the business into a mortgage REIT. The Company reviewed the internal controls implemented and has successfully tested the effectiveness of the internal controls.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the 1934 Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on its assessment, the Company’s management believes that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

The Company’s independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, have issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 97 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Two Harbors Investment Corp.

We have audited Two Harbors Investment Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Two Harbors Investment Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Two Harbors Investment Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Two Harbors Investment Corp. as of December 31, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), stockholders’ equity and comprehensive (loss) income, and cash flows for the year then ended of Two Harbors Investment Corp. and our report dated March 4, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 4, 2010

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures

Although the registrant is neither a large accelerated filer nor an accelerated filer, it has elected to comply with Item 9A.

Item 9B. Other Information

Capitol held a special meeting on October 26, 2009 for the purpose of approving the proposed merger transaction between Capitol and Two Harbors. The results of the meeting were as follows:

The stockholders of Capitol approved the following amendments to Capitol’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, such amendments being necessary to enable the merger transaction to proceed:

To amend the second paragraph of Article Seventh to revise the definition of a “business combination” to allow Capitol to complete the merger with Two Harbors Merger Corp.

To delete all references to “fair market value.”

To delete the second sentence of Section F of Article Seventh relating to Capitol obtaining approval of its disinterested independent directors and obtaining a fairness opinion.

 
For     21,231,825  
Against     8,747,682  
Abstain     980,476  
Total     30,959,983  

The stockholders of Capitol approved the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 11, 2009, as amended as of August 17, 2009 and September 20, 2009, among Capitol, Two Harbors Merger Corp., Two Harbors and Pine River.

 
For     23,324,744  
Against     7,519,820  
Abstain     115,419  
Total     30,959,983  

The stockholders of Capitol approved the following differences between the charter of Two Harbors to be in effect following the merger transaction and the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Capitol in effect before the merger transaction:

The name of the new public entity will be “Two Harbors Investment Corp.” as opposed to “Capitol Acquisition Corp.”

 
For     23,417,025  
Against     6,537,882  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

Two Harbors will have 450,000,000 authorized shares of common stock and 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and may increase or decrease such amounts without stockholder approval, as opposed to Capitol having 75,000,000 authorized shares of common stock and 1,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and being able to increase or decrease such amounts only with stockholder approval.

 
For     21,031,825  
Against     8,923,082  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Two Harbors’ corporate existence will be perpetual as opposed to Capitol’s corporate existence terminating on November 8, 2009.

 
For     23,417,025  
Against     6,537,882  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

Two Harbors’ board of directors will not be classified as opposed to Capitol’s which is.

 
For     23,807,353  
Against     6,147,554  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

Two Harbors’ charter will not include the various provisions applicable only to specified purpose acquisition corporations that Capitol’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains.

 
For     23,417,025  
Against     6,537,882  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

Two Harbors’ charter will include a provision that will assist Two Harbors in qualifying to be treated as a REIT commencing with Two Harbors’ taxable year ending December 31, 2009, which provision is not included in Capitol’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation; this provision will prevent stockholders or other persons from transferring, acquiring or holding Two Harbors stock if, as a result, (a) Two Harbors’ stock will not be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons, (b) more than 50% of the value of the outstanding shares of stock will be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code to include certain entities), (c) any person will own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of Two Harbors common stock, after applying certain attribution rules and subject to certain exceptions, or (d) any person will own more than 9,.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of Two Harbors stock, after applying certain attribution rules and subject to certain exceptions.

 
For     23,417,025  
Against     6,537,882  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

Two Harbors’ charter will include a provision that provides that Two Harbors’ board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate Two Harbors’ REIT election, without approval of Two Harbors’ stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in Two Harbors’ best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT, which provision is not included in Capitol’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 
For     23,417,025  
Against     6,537,882  
Abstain     1,005,076  
Total     30,959,983  

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.

We hereby incorporate by reference information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12 and 13) of this Annual Report from Two Harbors definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

We retained Ernst & Young LLP (E&Y) to audit our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009. We also retained E&Y, as well as other accounting and consulting firms, to provide various other services in 2009.

The aggregate fee billed to us for professional services performed by E&Y were as follows for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 
Audit fees (a)   $ 270,000  
Audit-related fees (b)     146,900  
Tax fees (c)     122,000  
Total principal accountant fees   $ 538,900  

(a) Audit Fees pertain to the audit of our annual Consolidated Financial Statements, including review of the interim financial statements contained in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of 2009, comfort letters to underwriters in connection with our merger transaction and stock registration, attest services, consents to the incorporation of the E&Y audit report in publicly filed documents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.
(b) Audit Related Fees pertain to assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the principal accountant, including accounting consultations and audits in connection with proposed or consummated acquisitions, internal control reviews and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. A large portion of these expenses appear in our 2009 Consolidated Statement of Operations under the financial line “Costs associated with business combination”.
(c) Tax Fees pertain to services performed for tax compliance, including REIT compliance, tax planning and tax advice, including preparation of tax returns and claims for refund and tax-payment planning services. Tax planning and advice also includes assistance with tax audits and appeals, and tax advice related to specific transactions.
(d) During 2009, there were no other fees billed for services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

The services performed by E&Y for the 2009 fiscal year, subsequent to the merger transaction, were pre-approved in accordance with the pre-approval policy of our Audit Committee. This policy requires that all engagement fees and the terms and scope of all auditing and non-auditing services be reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee in advance of their formal initiation.

The firm of Marcum LLP (formerly Marcum & Kliegman LLP) acted as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended 2008. The following is a summary of fees paid to Marcum LLP for services rendered.

 
Audit fees   $ 85,000  
Audit-related fees      
Tax fees     7,700  
Total principal accountant fees   $ 92,700  

During 2008, there were no fees billed for services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm other than those set forth above.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Documents filed as part of this report:

(1) Consolidated Financial Statements.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company, together with the independent registered public accounting firm’s report thereon, are set forth on pages [ 62 ] through [ 68 ] of this annual report on Form 10-K and are incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Schedules to Consolidated Financial Statements:

All Consolidated Financial Statements schedules not included have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the information required is provided in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, included in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(3) Exhibits:

The exhibits listed on the accompanying index of Exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

 
Exhibit Number   Exhibit Index
 2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 11, 2009, by and among Capitol Acquisition Corp., Two Harbors Investment Corp., Two Harbors Merger Corp. and Pine River Capital Management L.P. (incorporated by reference to Annex A filed with Pre Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-160199), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2009 (“Amendment No. 4”)).
 2.2    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 17, 2009, by and among Capitol Acquisition Corp., Two Harbors Investment Corp., Two Harbors Merger Corp. and Pine River Capital Management L.P. (incorporated by reference to Annex A-2 filed with Amendment No. 4).
 2.3    Amendment No. 2 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 20, 2009, by and among Capitol Acquisition Corp., Two Harbors Investment Corp., Two Harbors Merger Corp. and Pine River Capital Management L.P. (incorporated by reference to Annex A-3 filed with Amendment No. 4).
 3.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (incorporated by reference to Annex B filed with Amendment No. 4).
 3.2    Bylaws of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (incorporated by reference to Annex C filed with Amendment No. 4).
 4.1    Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Capitol Acquisition Corp. (filed herewith)
 4.2    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 filed with Amendment No. 4).
 4.3    Specimen Warrant Certificate of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-160199), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2009).
 4.4    Supplement and Amendment to Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, Capitol Acquisition Corp. and Two Harbors Investment Corp. (filed herewith)
10.1    Management Agreement (filed herewith)
10.2    Voting and Support Agreement (filed herewith) (1)
10.3    Sub-Management Agreement (filed herewith)
10.4    Shared Facilities and Services Agreement (filed herewith)

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit Number   Exhibit Index
10.5*   2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with Amendment No. 4).
10.6*   Form of Restricted Common Stock Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 filed with Amendment No. 4).
10.7*   Form of Phantom Share Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 filed with Amendment No. 4).
10.8    Letter agreement, dated June 10, 2009, between Capitol Acquisition Corp. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with Capitol Acquisition Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2009).
10.9    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, by and among Two Harbors Investment Corp., Capitol Acquisition Corp. and certain persons listed on Schedule 1 thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2009 (the “Merger Closing 8-K”)).
10.10   Letter Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, by and between Two Harbors Investment Corp. and Integrated Holding Group LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Merger Closing 8-K).
10.11   Letter Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2009, by and among Two Harbors Investment Corp., Federated Kaufmann Fund, Federated Kaufmann Fund II and Federated Kaufmann Growth Fund (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Merger Closing 8-K).
10.12   Letter Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, by and between Two Harbors Investment Corp. and Whitebox Special Opportunities Fund, LP Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Merger Closing 8-K).
10.13   Letter Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2009, by and between Capitol Acquisition Corp., Two Harbors Investment Corp. and Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 filed with the Merger Closing 8-K).
10.14   Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Form 8-K dated November 19, 2009)
21.1    Subsidiaries of registrant (filed herewith)
31.1    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (filed herewith)
31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (filed herewith)
32.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (filed herewith)
32.2    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (filed herewith)

* Management contract or compensatory agreement.
(1) Two Harbors Investment Corp. is also a party to Sponsor’s Voting and Support Agreements (“Agreements”) with each of the following Sponsors: Arno Penzias, Brooke Coburn, Capitol Acquisition Management LLC, Hugh Panero, Jeong Kim, Lawrence Calcano, Mark Ein, Miles Gilburne, Piyush Sodha, Richard Donaldson, Raul Fernandez, Thomas Wheeler, Ted Leonsis, and ZG Ventures LLC. In each case, the Agreements differ from Exhhibit 10.2 with respect to the identity and notice address of the Sponsor. In some cases, the Sponsor has not provided a notice address. The Agreements with Capitol Acquisition Management LLC and ZG Ventures LLC contain an additional representation in Section 3.1(a), which is not found in Exhibit 10.2, regarding the good standing of the Sponsor and due authorization to enter into the Agreement. In all other material respects, the Agreements are substantially identical to Exhibit 10.2.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 
  Two Harbors Investment Corp.
Date: March 4, 2010  

By:

/s/ Thomas Siering
Thomas Siering
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Thomas Siering
Thomas Siering
  Chief Executive Officer, President and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  March 4, 2010
/s/ Jeffrey Stolt
Jeffrey Stolt
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
  March 4, 2010
/s/ Brian C. Taylor
Brian C. Taylor
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 4, 2010
/s/ Mark D. Ein
Mark D. Ein
  Non-Executive Vice Chairman of the
Board of Directors
  March 4, 2010
/s/ Stephen G. Kasnet
Stephen G. Kasnet
  Director   March 4, 2010
/s/ William W. Johnson
William W. Johnson
  Director   March 4, 2010
/s/ W. Reid Sanders
W. Reid Sanders
  Director   March 4, 2010
/s/ Peter Niculescu
Peter Niculescu
  Director   March 4, 2010

103


Exhibit 4.1
WARRANT AGREEMENT

Agreement made as of November 8, 2007 between Capitol Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 509 7 th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20004 (“Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, with offices at 17 Battery Place, New York, New York 10004 (“Warrant Agent”).

WHEREAS, the Company has received binding commitments (the “Subscription Agreements”) from Mark D. Ein, Amanda Eilian, Raul J. Fernandez, Piyush Sodha, Richard C. Donaldson, Lawrence Calcano, Brooke B. Coburn, Arno Penzias, Hugh Panero, Thomas E. Wheeler, Ted Leonsis, Dr. Jeong H. Kim and ZG Ventures LLC (collectively, the “Sponsors”) to purchase an aggregate of 7,000,000 warrants to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) for $7.50, subject to adjustment as described herein (“Sponsors’ Warrants”); and

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of Units and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to 28,750,000 Warrants (“Public Warrants” and together with the Sponsors’ Warrants, the “Warrants”) to the public investors, each Warrant evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock for $7.50, subject to adjustment as described herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-144834 (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

 

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.            Appointment of Warrant Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2.            Warrants .

2.1.         Form of Warrant .  Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board or President and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

2.2.         Effect of Countersignature .  Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3.         Registration .

2.3.1.         Warrant Register .  The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants.  Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

 
2

 

2.3.2.         Registered Holder .  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”), as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

2.4.         Detachability of Warrants .  The securities comprising the Units will not be separately transferable until 35 days after the date hereof unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“Citigroup”) informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will Citigroup allow separate trading of the securities comprising the Units until the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K.

2.5          Sponsors’ Warrants .  The Sponsors’ Warrants will be issued in the same form as the Public Warrants but they (i) will not be transferable or salable until the Company completes a business combination (subject to the terms of the Subscription Agreements) and (ii) will be exercisable on a cashless basis and will be non-redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the Sponsors or their permitted transferees (as described in the Subscription Agreements).

3.            Terms and Exercise of Warrants

3.1.         Warrant Price .  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock stated therein, at the price of $7.50 per whole share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.  The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised.  The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than 10 business days; provided, however, that any such reduction shall be identical in percentage terms among all of the Warrants.

 
3

 

3.2.         Duration of Warrants .  A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on the later of (i) the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination (“Business Combination”) (as described more fully in the Company’s Registration Statement) and (ii) November 8, 2008, and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of (i) November 7, 2012 or (ii) the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”).  Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date.  The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, however, that the Company will provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of such extension of not less than 20 days.

3.3.         Exercise of Warrants .

3.3.1.        Payment .  Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Warrant Agreement, a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering it, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each full share of Common Stock as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, as follows:

(a) in cash, good certified check or good bank draft payable to the order of the Company (or as otherwise agreed to by the Company);

(b) in the event of redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof in which the Company’s management has elected to force all holders of Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by surrendering the Warrants for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the Warrant Price and the “Fair Market Value” by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(b), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to holders of Warrant pursuant to Section 6 hereof; or

 
4

 

(c) with respect to any Sponsors’ Warrants, so long as such Sponsors’ Warrants are held by the Sponsors or their permitted transferees (as described in the Subscription Agreements), by surrendering such Sponsors’ Warrants for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “Fair Market Value” by (y) the Fair Market Value.  Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(c), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average last sales price of the Common Stock in the principal trading market for the Common Stock as reported by any national securities exchange or quoted on the NASD OTC Bulletin Board (or successor exchange), as the case may be, for the five trading days ending on the trading day preceding the date the Sponsors’ Warrants are exercised.

3.3.2.         Issuance of Certificates .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrant a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new countersigned Warrant for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised.  Subject to Section 7.4 and notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to such Common Stock is available, or in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the exercise of the Warrants is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and such securities are qualified for sale or exempt from qualification under applicable securities laws of the states or other jurisdictions in which the registered holders reside. For purposes of clarification, in no event will a Sponsors’ Warrant be exercised unless a registration statement under the Act relating to the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to such Common Stock is available.  In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Common Stock underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act and a current prospectus relating to such Common Stock is not available, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the exercise of the Public Warrants. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised Warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Common Stock is not available, the purchaser of a unit containing such Warrant, will have paid the full purchase price for the unit solely for the shares included in such unit.

 
5

 

3.3.3.         Valid Issuance .  All shares of Common Stock issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.3.4.         Date of Issuance .  Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

3.3.5.         Intentionally Omitted.

4.            Adjustments .
 
The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant is subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of the events enumerated in this Section 4.  For purposes of this Section 4, “Common Stock” means shares now or hereafter authorized of any class of common stock of the Company and any other stock of the Company, however designated, that has the right (subject to any prior rights of any class or series of preferred stock) to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Company without limit as to per share amount.
 
4.1            Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock .  If the Company:
 
(1)           pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Common Stock in either case in shares of its Common Stock;
 
(2)           subdivides its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares;
 
(3)           combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares;
 
(4)           makes a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its capital stock other than Common Stock; or

 
6

 
 
(5)           issues by reclassification of its Common Stock any shares of its capital stock,
 
then the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant immediately prior to such action shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Warrant thereafter exercised shall receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock of the Company which he would have owned immediately following such action if such Warrant had been exercised immediately prior to such action.
 
The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification.
 
Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
 
4.2         Adjustment for Rights Issue . If the Company distributes any rights, options or warrants to all holders of its Common Stock entitling them to purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Closing Price per share on the Business Day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date for such distribution of rights, options or warrants, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

N’   =   N    x      O             +             A
                                        O  +  (A x P/M)
where:
 
N’ = the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
N =  the current number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
O  = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date for such distribution.
 
A =  the number of additional shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants.
 
P =   the purchase price per share of the additional shares.
 
M = the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the record date.

 
7

 
 
The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights, options or warrants.  If at the end of the period during which such rights, options or warrants are exercisable, not all rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been if “N” in the above formula had been the number of shares actually issued.
 
4.3          Adjustment for Other Distributions .  If the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock any of its assets (including cash) or debt securities or any rights, options or warrants to purchase debt securities, assets or other securities of the Company (other than Common Stock), the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 
N’    =    N    x           M    
                                                                        M  -  F
where:
 
 
N’ =
the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
N  =
the current number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
M  =
the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date for such distribution.
 
 
F  =
the fair market value on the ex-dividend date for such distribution of the assets, securities, rights or warrants distributable to one share of Common Stock after taking into account, in the case of any rights, options or warrants, the consideration required to be paid upon exercise thereof.  The Board of Directors shall reasonably determine the fair market value in good faith.
 
The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

 
8

 

This Section 4.3 does not apply to regular quarterly cash dividends including increases thereof or rights, options or warrants referred to in Section 4.2.  If any adjustment is made pursuant to this Section 4.3 as a result of the issuance of rights, options or warrants and at the end of the period during which any such rights, options or warrants are exercisable, not all such rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the Warrant shall be immediately readjusted as if “F” in the above formula was the fair market value on the ex-dividend date for such distribution of the indebtedness or assets actually distributed upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the ex-dividend date for such distribution.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.3, if “M-F” in the above formula is less than $1.00, the Company may elect to, and if “M-F” or is a negative number, the Company shall, in lieu of the adjustment otherwise required by this Section 4.3, distribute to the holders of the Warrants, upon exercise thereof, the evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights, options or warrants (or the proceeds thereof) which would have been distributed to such holders had such Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the record date for such distribution.
 
4.4          Adjustment for Common Stock Issue . If the Company issues shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Closing Price per share on the date the Company fixes the offering price of such additional shares, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:
 

N’   =    N    x               A         
                             O    +   P/M
 
where:
 
 
N’ =
the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
N  =
the current number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
O  =
the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such additional shares.
 
 
P  =
the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such additional shares.
 
 
M  =
the Closing Price per share on the date of issuance of such additional shares.
 
 
A  =
the number of shares outstanding immediately after the issuance of such additional shares.
 
The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

 
9

 
 
This Section 4.4 does not apply to:
 
(1)        any of the transactions described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3,
 
(2)        the exercise of Warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of rights or warrants issued to the holders of Common Stock,
 
(3)        Common Stock (and options exercisable therefor) issued to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors (whether or not still in such capacity on the date of exercise) under bona fide employee benefit plans or stock option plans adopted by the board of directors of the Company and approved by the holders of Common Stock when required by law, if such Common Stock would otherwise be covered by this Section 4.4,
 
(4)        Common Stock issued in a bona fide public offering for cash,
 
(5)        Common Stock issued in a bona fide private placement to non-affiliates of the Company, including without limitation the issuance of equity as consideration or partial consideration for acquisitions from persons that are not affiliates of the Company.
 
4.5          Adjustment for Convertible Securities Issue . If the Company issues any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than securities issued in transactions described in Sections 4.2 and 4.3) for a consideration per share of Common Stock initially deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities less than the Closing Price per share on the date of issuance of such securities, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted in accordance with this formula:

N’    =    N    x          O     +     D
    O   +   P/M
 
where:
 
 
N’ =
the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
N  =
the current number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant.
 
 
O  =
the number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such securities.

 
10

 
 
P  =
the aggregate consideration received for the issuance of such securities.
 
 
M  =
the Closing Price per share on the date of issuance of such securities.
 
 
D  =
the maximum number of shares deliverable upon conversion or in exchange for such securities at the initial conversion or exchange rate.
 
The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.
 
If all of the Common Stock deliverable upon conversion or exchange of such securities have not been issued when such securities are no longer outstanding, then the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall promptly be readjusted to what it would have been had the adjustment upon the issuance of such securities been made on the basis of the actual number of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or exchange of such securities.
 
This Section 4.5 does not apply to:
 
(1)           convertible securities issued in a bona fide public offering for cash; or
 
(2)           convertible securities issued in a bona fide private placement to non-affiliates of the Company, including the issuance of convertible securities as consideration or partial consideration for acquisitions from persons that are not affiliates of the Company.
 
4.6            Adjustment for Tender or Exchange Offer . If the Company or any of its subsidiaries makes a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Common Stock, if the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the trading day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant will be increased based on the following formula:
 
 
where,
 
 
N’ =
the adjusted number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant;
 
 
N o   =
the current number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each warrant;
 
 
11

 

 
AC =
the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the board of directors of the Company) paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
 
 
Os o =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
 
 
OS’ =
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the date such tender or exchange offer expires; and
 
 
SP’ =
the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the trading day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires.
 
The adjustment shall be made successively and shall become effective immediately following the date such tender or exchange offer expires.
 
4.7           Consideration Received . For purposes of any computation respecting consideration received pursuant to Sections 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6, the following shall apply:
 
(1)           in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be the amount of such cash, provided that in no case shall any deduction be made for any commissions, discounts or other expenses incurred by the Company for any underwriting or other sale or disposition of the issue or otherwise in connection therewith;
 
(2)           in the case of the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as reasonably determined by the board of directors of the Company (irrespective of the accounting treatment thereof) and described in a board resolution which shall be filed with the Warrant Agent; and
 
(3)           in the case of the issuance of securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares, the aggregate consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of such securities plus the additional minimum consideration, if any, to be received by the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof for the maximum number of shares used to calculate the adjustment  (the consideration in each case to be determined in the same manner as provided in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.7).

 
12

 

4.8           Defined Terms; When De Minimis Adjustment May Be Deferred . As used in this Section 4:
 
(1)          The “Closing Price” of the Common Stock on any date of determination means;
 
 
(i)
the closing sale price for the regular trading session (without considering after hours or other trading outside regular trading session hours) of the Common Stock (regular way) on the American Stock Exchange on that date (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price during that regular trading session),
 
 
(ii)
if the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the American Stock Exchange on that date, as reported in the composite transactions for the principal United States securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed,
 
 
(iii)
if the Common Stock is not so reported, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board, the National Quotation Bureau or similar organization, or
 
 
(iv)
if the Common Stock is not so quoted, the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock from at least three nationally recognized investment banking firms that the Company selects for this purpose.
 
(2)           “ex-dividend date” means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance or distribution in question;
 
(3)           “trading day” means, with respect to the Common Stock or any other security, a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock or such other security generally occurs, (ii) there is no market disruption event (as defined below) and (iii) a Closing Price for the Common Stock or such other security (other than a Closing Price referred to in the next to last clause of such definition) is available for such day; provided that if the Common Stock or such other security is not admitted for trading or quotation on or by any exchange, bureau or other organization, “trading day” will mean any Business Day;

 
13

 

(4)           “market disruption event” means, with respect to the Common Stock or any other security, the occurrence or existence of more than one-half hour period in the aggregate or any scheduled trading day for the Common Stock or such other security of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or such other security or in any options, contract, or future contracts relating to the Common Stock or such other security, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day; and
 
(5)           “Business Day” means, any day on which the American Stock Exchange is open for trading and which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks in the City of New York, New York, are authorized or required by law to close.
 
 No adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such number.  Any adjustments that are not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.
 
 All calculations under this Section 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be.
 
4.9          When No Adjustment Required . No adjustment need be made for a transaction referred to in Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6 if Warrant holders are to participate, without requiring the Warrants to be exercised, in the transaction on a basis and with notice that the board of directors of the Company reasonably determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice on which holders of Common Stock participate in the transaction.
 
 No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock.
 
 To the extent the Warrants become convertible into cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the amount of cash into which such Warrants are exercisable.  Interest will not accrue on the cash.
 
4.10         Notice of Adjustment . Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant is adjusted, the Company shall provide the notices required by Section 4.19 hereof.

 
14

 

4.11         Notice of Certain Transactions . If:
 
(1)           the Company takes any action that would require an adjustment in the Warrant Price pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 or 4.6 and if the Company does not arrange for Warrant holders to participate pursuant to Section 4.9;
 
(2)           the Company takes any action that would require a supplemental Warrant Agreement pursuant to Section 4.12; or
 
(3)           there is a liquidation or dissolution of the Company,
 
the Company shall mail to Warrant holders a notice stating the proposed record date for a dividend or distribution or the proposed effective date of a subdivision, combination, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, lease, liquidation or dissolution.  The Company shall mail the notice at least 15 days before such date.  Failure to mail the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of the transaction.
 
4.12         Reorganization of Company . If the Company consolidates or merges with or into, or transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to, any person, upon consummation of such transaction the Warrants shall automatically become exercisable for the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which the holder of a Warrant would have owned immediately after the consolidation, merger, transfer or lease if such holder had exercised the Warrant immediately before the effective date of the transaction; provided that (i) if the holders of Common Stock were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each Warrant shall become exercisable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by the holders of Common Stock in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election or (ii) if a tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of Common Stock under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holder of a Warrant shall be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such Warrant holder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Common Stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.  Concurrently with the consummation of any such transaction, the corporation or other entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger if other than the Company, or the person to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, shall enter into a supplemental Warrant Agreement so providing and further providing for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.  The successor Company shall mail to Warrant holders a notice describing the supplemental Warrant Agreement.

 
15

 

If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of Warrants under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of the formed, surviving, transferee or lessee corporation, that issuer shall join in the supplemental Warrant Agreement.
 
If this Section 4.12 applies, Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 do not apply.
 
4.13         Warrant Agent’s Disclaimer . The Warrant Agent has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Section 4 should be made, how it should be made or what it should be.  The Warrant Agent has no duty to determine whether any provisions of a supplemental Warrant Agreement under Section 4.12 are correct.  The Warrant Agent makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon exercise of Warrants.  The Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Section 4.
 
4.14         When Issuance or Payment May Be Deferred . In any case in which this Section 4 shall require that an adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event (i) issuing to the holder of any Warrant exercised after such record date the Warrant Shares and other capital stock of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Warrant Shares and other capital stock of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant and (ii) paying to such holder any amount in cash in lieu of a fractional share pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional Warrant Shares, other capital stock and cash upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

 
16

 

4.15         Adjustment in Warrant Price . Upon each event that provides for an adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant pursuant to this Section 4, each Warrant outstanding prior to the making of the adjustment shall thereafter have an adjusted Warrant Price (calculated to the nearest ten millionth) obtained from the following formula:
 
 
where:
 
 
E’=
the adjusted Warrant Price.
 
 
E =
the Warrant Price prior to adjustment.
 
 
N’ =
the adjusted number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant by payment of the adjusted Warrant Price.
 
 
N  =
the number of Warrant Shares previously issuable upon exercise of a Warrant by payment of the Warrant Price prior to adjustment.
 
Following any adjustment to the Warrant Price pursuant to this Section 4, the amount payable, when adjusted and together with any consideration allocated to the issuance of the Warrants, shall never be less than the par value per Warrant Share at the time of such adjustment.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.
 
4.16         Form of Warrants . Irrespective of any adjustments in the number or kind of shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants or the Warrant Price, Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to express the same number and kind of shares and Warrant Price as are stated in the Warrants initially issuable pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4.17         Other Dilutive Events . In case any event shall occur affecting the Company, as to which the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable, but would impact the holders of Warrants adversely as compared to holders of Common Stock, and the failure to make any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights represented by the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of this Section then, in each such case, the Company shall appoint a firm of independent public accountants, investment banking or other appraisal firm of recognized national standing which shall give their opinion upon the adjustment, if any, on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles established in this Section 4, necessary to preserve, without dilution, the purchase rights represented by the Warrants.

 
17

 

4.18         Fractional Interests . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Warrants.  If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented.  If any fraction of a shares of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 4.18, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the Company shall pay an amount in cash equal to the fair market value on the day immediately preceding the date the Warrant is presented for exercise, multiplied by such fraction.
 
4.19         Notices to Warrant Holders .  Upon any adjustment of the Warrant Price pursuant to Section 4, the Company shall promptly thereafter, and in any event within five days, (i) cause to be filed with the Warrant Agent a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each Warrant after such adjustment and setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculations are based, and (ii) cause to be given to each of the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates at his address appearing on the Warrant register written notice of such adjustments by first-class mail, postage prepaid.  Where appropriate, such notice may be given in advance and included as a part of the notice required to be mailed under the other provisions of this Section 4.19.  The Warrant Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.
 
In case:
 
(a)           the Company shall authorize the issuance to all holders of shares of Common Stock of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or of any other subscription rights or warrants; or
 
(b)           the Company shall authorize the distribution to all holders of shares of Common Stock of evidences of its indebtedness or assets (other than regular cash dividends or dividends payable in shares of Common Stock or distributions referred to in Section 4.2 hereof); or

 
18

 

(c)           of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any shareholders of the Company is required, or of the conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety, or of any reclassification or change of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock; or
 
(d)           of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or
 
(e)           the Company proposes to take any action not specified above which would require an adjustment of the Warrant Price pursuant to Section 4 hereof;
 
then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Warrant Agent and shall cause to be given to each of the registered holders of the Warrant Certificates at his address appearing on the Warrant register, at least 10 calendar days prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified, or as promptly as practicable under the circumstances in the case of events for which there is no record date, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a written notice stating (i) the date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock to be entitled to receive any such rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be determined, or (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or consummated, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange such shares for securities or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.  The failure to give the notice required by this Section 4.19 or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of any distribution, right, option, warrant, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.
 
Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrant Certificates shall be construed as conferring upon the holders thereof the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter, or any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the Company.

 
19

 

4.            Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

4.1.            Registration of Transfer .  The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer.  Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

4.2.            Procedure for Surrender of Warrants .  Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

4.3.            Fractional Warrants .  The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a warrant.

4.4.            Service Charges .  No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

4.5.            Warrant Execution and Countersignature .  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 
20

 

5.            Redemption .

5.1.            Redemption .  Subject to Section 6.4 hereof, not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and so long as an effective registration statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is current and available throughout the “30-day redemption period” (defined below) and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $.01 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that the last sales price of the Common Stock has been at least $14.25 per share (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof), on each of twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given.

5.2.            Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption .  In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than 30 days prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

5.3.            Exercise After Notice of Redemption .  The Warrants may be exercised for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3.3.1 of this Agreement) at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

6.4             Exclusion of Certain Warrants . Any of the Sponsors’ Warrants shall not be redeemable by the Company as long as such Sponsors’ Warrants continue to be held by the Sponsors or their permitted transferees (as described in the Subscription Agreements). However, once the Sponsors or their permitted transferees transfer such Sponsors’ Warrants, such Sponsors’ Warrants shall then be redeemable by the Company pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 
21

 

6.            Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

6.1.            No Rights as Stockholder .  A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, including the right to participate in any liquidation of the trust account (as described in the Registration Statement), exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

6.2.            Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants .  If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

6.3.            Reservation of Common Stock .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

6.4.            Registration of Common Stock .  The Company agrees that prior to the commencement of the Exercise Period, it shall use its best efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, or a new registration statement, for the registration, under the Act, of, and it shall use its best efforts to take such action as is necessary to qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company, the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  In either case, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  The Warrants shall not be exercisable and the Company shall not be obligated to issue Common Stock unless, at the time a holder seeks to exercise the Warrants, a prospectus relating to Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is current and the Common Stock has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the Warrants.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Citigroup.

 
22

 

7.            Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

7.1.          Payment of Taxes .  The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

7.2.          Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent .

7.2.6.        Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent .  The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company.  If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost.  Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

7.2.7.        Notice of Successor Warrant Agent .  In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Common Stock not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 
23

 

7.2.8.    Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent .  Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

7.3.         Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

7.3.1.    Remuneration .  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

7.3.2.    Further Assurances .  The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

7.4.         Liability of Warrant Agent .

7.4.1.   Reliance on Company Statement .  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

7.4.2.     Indemnity .  The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 
24

 

7.4.3.       Exclusions .  The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

7.5.         Acceptance of Agency .  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.

8.            Miscellaneous Provisions .

8.1.         Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

8.2.         Notices .  Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Capitol Acquisition Corp.
509 7 th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20004
Attn:  Mark D. Ein, Chief Executive Officer

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

 
25

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place
New York, New York 10004
Attn:  Compliance Department

with a copy in each case to:

Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10174
Attn:  David Alan Miller, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 818-8881

and

Davis Polk & Wardwell
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attn: Deanna L. Kirkpatrick, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 450-3800

and

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Attn:  David Spivak
Facsimile: (212) 723-8871


8.3.         Applicable law .  The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.  The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenience forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 
26

 

8.4.         Persons Having Rights under this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Sections 2.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4, 9.2 and 9.8 hereof, Citigroup, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof.  Citigroup shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 2.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4, 9.2 and 9.8 hereof.  All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Citigroup with respect to the Sections 2.5, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4, 9.2 and 9.8 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

8.5.         Examination of the Warrant Agreement .  A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant.  The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

8.6.         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

8.7.         Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8          Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders.  All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders.

 
27

 

9.9          Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 
28

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
CAPITOL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
   
 
By:
/s/ Mark Ein
   
 Name:
   
 Title:
   
   
 
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER
 
& TRUST COMPANY
   
   
 
By:
/s/ John W. Comer, Jr.
   
 Name:  John W. Comer, Jr.
   
 Title: Vice President

 
29

 

Exhibit 4.4

SUPPLEMENT AND AMENDMENT TO WARRANT AGREEMENT

This Supplement and Amendment to the Warrant Agreement dated as of October 28, 2009 (the “ Amendment ”), is executed by Capitol Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Two Harbors Investment Corp. (“ Two Harbors ”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (the “ Warrant Agent ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and Warrant Agent are parties to that certain Warrant Agreement dated as of November 8, 2007 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to supplement and amend the Warrant Agreement upon the terms and conditions herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms use herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Warrant Agreement.

2. Amendment to Warrant Agreement .

(a) Section 3.1 of the Warrant Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“3.1. Warrant Price .  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of shares of Common Stock stated therein, at a Warrant Price of $11.00, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.  The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than 10 business days; provided, however, that any such reduction shall be identical in percentage terms among all of the Warrants.”

(b)  Section 3.2 of the Warrant Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“3.2 Duration of Warrants . A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination (“Business Combination”) and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of (i) November 7, 2013 or (ii) the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”). Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, however, that the Company will provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of such extension of not less than 20 days.”

 
 

 

(c) Section 3.3.5 of the Warrant Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“3.3.5 Limitations on Exercise . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Warrant may be exercised if it would cause the holder to Beneficially Own or Constructively Own, within the meaning of Two Harbor’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, outstanding Common Stock in excess of the Common Stock Ownership Limit or Excepted Holder Limit, as defined in Two Harbor’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, as applicable .

(d) Section 4.12 of the Warrant Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“4.12 Reorganization of Company . If the Company consolidates or merges with or into, or transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to, any person, upon consummation of such transaction the Warrants shall automatically become exercisable for the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets which the holder of a Warrant would have owned immediately after the consolidation, merger, transfer or lease if such holder had exercised the Warrant immediately before the effective date of the transaction; provided that (i) if the holders of Common Stock were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each Warrant shall become exercisable shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by the holders of Common Stock in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election or (ii) if a tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of Common Stock under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holder of a Warrant shall be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder if such Warrant holder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Common Stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. Immediately upon the consummation of a business combination between the Company and Two Harbors Investment Corp. (“ Two Harbors ”), (i) each holder of a Warrant shall be entitled to receive a new Warrant representing the right to purchase one share of Two Harbors common stock, (ii) all references to the “Company” in this Agreement shall mean Two Harbors and (iii) Two Harbors shall assume all of the rights and all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. If Two Harbors subsequently consolidates or merges with or into, or transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to, any person, upon consummation of such transaction, concurrently with the consummation of such transaction, the corporation or other entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger if other than the Company, or the person to which such sale or conveyance shall have been made, shall enter into a supplemental Warrant Agreement so providing and further providing for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The successor Company shall mail to Warrant holders a notice describing the supplemental Warrant Agreement.

If the issuer of securities deliverable upon exercise of Warrants under the supplemental Warrant Agreement is an affiliate of the formed, surviving, transferee or lessee corporation, that issuer shall join in the supplemental Warrant Agreement.

 
 

 

If this Section 4.12 applies, Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6 do not apply.”

3. Amendment . All references in the Warrant Agreement (and in the other agreements, documents and instruments entered into in connection therewith) to the “Warrant Agreement” shall be deemed for all purposes to refer to the Warrant Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

4. Remaining Provisions of Warrant Agreement . Except as expressly provided herein, the provisions of the Warrant Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and shall be unaffected by this Amendment.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original and both of which when executed shall be deemed one and the same instrument.

6. Headings . The headings to this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law of any jurisdiction.

8. Effective Time .  This Amendment shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of a business combination between the Company and Two Harbors.

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the authorized officers of each of the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 
CAPITOL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
 
By:
/s/ Mark Ein
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
     
 
TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP .
   
 
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
  Name: Jeff Stolt
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
 
CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY
   
 
By:
/s/ Alexander Albrecht
  
  Name: Alexander Albrecht
  Title: Vice President

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.1
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is made as of October 28, 2009 by and among TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), TWO HARBORS OPERATING COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operating Company ”) and PRCM ADVISERS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its permitted assignees, the “ Manager ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company is a newly organized corporation that intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes;
 
WHEREAS, Pine River Capital (as defined below) is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and the Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pine River Capital; and
 
WHEREAS, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries desire to retain the Manager to provide investment advisory services to them on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Manager wishes to be retained to provide such services.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
Section 1.               Definitions .  The following terms have the following meanings assigned to them:
 
(a)           “ Agreement ” means this Management Agreement, as amended from time to time.
 
(b)           “ Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) the filing by such Person of a voluntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment, in any form, of its debts under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, or such Person’s filing an answer consenting to or acquiescing in any such petition, (b) the making by such Person of any assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (c) the expiration of 60 days after the filing of an involuntary petition under Title 11 of the Unites States Code, an application for the appointment of a receiver for a material portion of the assets of such Person, or an involuntary petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of its debts under any other federal, state or foreign insolvency law, provided that the same shall not have been vacated, set aside or stayed within such 60-day period or (d) the entry against it of a final and non-appealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereinafter in effect.
 
(c)           “ Base Management Fee ” means a base management fee equal to 1.5% per annum, calculated and paid (in cash) quarterly in arrears, of the Stockholders’ Equity.  The Base Management Fee will be reduced, but not below zero, by the Company’s proportionate share of any securitization base management fees that Pine River receives in connection with any securitizations in which the Company invests, based on the percentage of equity the Company holds in such securitizations.
 
(d)           “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(e)           “ CLA Founders LLC ” means CLA Founders LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
 
(f)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 
 

 
 
(g)           “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
(h)           “ Company Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement.
 
(i)            “ Company Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) of this Agreement.
 
(j)            “ Effective Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
(k)           “ Excess Funds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(m) of this Agreement.
 
(l)            “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(m)          “ Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Agreement.
 
(n)           “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, as applied in the United States.
 
(o)           “ Governing Instrument s” means, with regard to any entity, the articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws in the case of a corporation, certificate of limited partnership (if applicable) and the partnership agreement in the case of a general or limited partnership, the articles or certificate of formation and the operating agreement in the case of a limited liability company, the trust instrument in the case of a trust, or similar governing documents, in each case as amended from time to time.
 
(p)           “ Guidelines ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i) of this Agreement.
 
(q)           “ Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) of this Agreement.
 
(r)            “ Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c) of this Agreement.
 
(s)           “ Independent Directors ” means the members of the Board of Directors who are not officers or employees of the Manager or any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by the Manager, and who are otherwise “independent” in accordance with the Company’s Governing Instruments and policies and, if applicable, the rules of any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is listed.
 
(t)            “ Initial Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
(u)           “ Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
(v)           “ Investments ” means the investments of the Company and the Subsidiaries.
 
(w)          “ Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
(x)           “ Manager Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) of this Agreement.
 
(y)           “ MBS ” means mortgage-backed securities.

 
- 2 -

 
 
(z)           “ Monitoring Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of this Agreement.
 
(aa)         “ Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
(bb)        “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
 
(cc)         “ Operating Company ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
(dd)        “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.
 
(ee)         “ Pine River ” means, separately and collectively, Pine River Capital and its direct and indirect subsidiaries; provided , however , that the term “Pine River” shall not include the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.
 
(ff)          “ Pine River Capital ” means Pine River Capital Management L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
 
(gg)        “ Portfolio Management Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of this Agreement.
 
(hh)        “ REIT ” means a “real estate investment trust” as defined under the Code.
 
(ii)           “ Renewal Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
(jj)           “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(kk)         “ Shared Services Agreement ” means the Shared Facilities and Services Agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Manager and Pine River Capital.
 
(ll)           “ Stockholders’ Equity ” means:
 
 (i)         the sum of the net proceeds from any issuances of the Company’s equity securities since inception (allocated on a pro rata daily basis for such issuances during the fiscal quarter of any such issuance), plus
 
 (ii)        the Company’s retained earnings at the end of the most recently completed quarter (without taking into account any non-cash equity compensation expense incurred in current or prior periods), less
 
 (iii)       any amount that the Company pays for repurchases of its common stock since inception, any unrealized gains, losses or other items that do not affect realized net income (regardless of whether such items are included in other comprehensive income or loss, or in net income), as adjusted to exclude

 
- 3 -

 
 
(iv)        one-time events pursuant to changes in GAAP and certain non-cash charges after discussions between the Manager and the Company’s Independent Directors and approved by a majority of the Company’s Independent Directors.
 
For purposes of calculating Stockholders’ Equity, outstanding limited liability company interests in the Operating Company (other than limited liability company interests held by the Company) shall be treated as outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(mm)       “ Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Company; any partnership, the general partner of which is the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; any limited liability company, the managing member of which is the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; and any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
 
(nn)        “ Sub-Management Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) of this Agreement.
 
(oo)        “ Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) of this Agreement.
 
(pp)        “ Termination Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
(qq)        “ Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated under the Code as amended from time to time.
 
Section 2.               Appointment and Duties of the Manager .
 
(a)           The Company and each of the Subsidiaries hereby appoints the Manager to manage the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries subject to the further terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Manager hereby agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform each of the duties set forth herein.  The appointment of the Manager shall be exclusive to the Manager except to the extent that the Manager otherwise agrees, in its sole and absolute discretion, and except to the extent that the Manager elects, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, to cause the duties of the Manager hereunder to be provided by third parties.
 
(b)           The Manager, in its capacity as manager of the assets and the day-to-day operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, at all times will be subject to the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors and will have only such functions and authority as the Company may delegate to it including the functions and authority identified herein and delegated to the Manager hereby.  The Manager will be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries and will perform (or cause to be performed) such services and activities relating to the assets and operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as may be appropriate, including:
 
(i)           serving as the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ consultant with respect to the periodic review of the investment guidelines and other parameters for the Investments, financing activities and operations, any modifications to which shall be approved by a majority of the Independent Directors (such guidelines as initially approved and attached hereto as Exhibit A, as the same may be modified with such approval, the “ Guidelines ”), and other policies for approval by the Board of Directors;

 
- 4 -

 
 
(ii)          investigating, analyzing and selecting possible investment opportunities and acquiring, financing, retaining, selling, restructuring or disposing of Investments consistent with the Guidelines;
 
(iii)         with respect to prospective purchases, sales or exchanges of Investments, conducting negotiations on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries with sellers, purchasers and brokers and, if applicable, their respective agents and representatives;
 
(iv)        negotiating and entering into, on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries, repurchase agreements, credit finance agreements, securitizations, agreements relating to borrowings under programs established by the U.S. government, commercial papers, interest rate swap agreements and other hedging instruments, custodial agreements, warehouse facilities and all other agreements and engagements required for the Company and the Subsidiaries to conduct their business;
 
(v)         engaging and supervising, on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries and at the Company’s expense, independent contractors which provide investment banking, securities brokerage, mortgage brokerage, other financial services, due diligence services, underwriting review services, legal and accounting services, and all other services as may be required relating to Investments;
 
(vi)        coordinating and managing operations of any joint venture or co-investment interests held by the Company and the Subsidiaries and conducting all matters with the joint venture or co-investment partners;
 
(vii)       providing executive and administrative personnel, office space and office services required in rendering services to the Company and the Subsidiaries;
 
(viii)      administering the day-to-day operations and performing and supervising the performance of such other administrative functions necessary to the management of the Company and the Subsidiaries as may be agreed upon by the Manager and the Board of Directors, including the collection of revenues and the payment of the debts and obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries and maintenance of appropriate computer and technological services to perform such administrative functions;
 
(ix)        communicating on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries with the holders of any of their equity or debt securities as required to satisfy the reporting and other requirements of any governmental bodies or agencies or trading markets and to maintain effective relations with such holders;
 
(x)          counseling the Company in connection with policy decisions to be made by the Board of Directors;
 
(xi)         evaluating and recommending to the Board of Directors hedging strategies and engaging in hedging activities on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries, consistent with such strategies as so modified from time to time, with the Company’s qualification as a REIT and with the Guidelines;
 
(xii)        counseling the Company regarding the maintenance of its qualification as a REIT and monitoring compliance with the various REIT qualification tests and other rules set out in the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to qualify for taxation as a REIT;

 
- 5 -

 
 
(xiii)       counseling the Company and the Subsidiaries regarding the maintenance of their exemptions from the status of an investment company required to register under the Investment Company Act, monitoring compliance with the requirements for maintaining such exemptions and using commercially reasonable efforts to cause them to maintain such exemptions from such status;
 
(xiv)      assisting the Company and the Subsidiaries in developing criteria for asset purchase commitments that are specifically tailored to the Company’s investment objectives and making available to the Company and the Subsidiaries its knowledge and experience with respect to MBS, mortgage loans, real estate, real estate-related securities, other real estate-related assets and non-real estate-related assets;
 
(xv)       furnishing reports and statistical and economic research to the Company and the Subsidiaries regarding their activities and services performed for the Company and the Subsidiaries by the Manager;
 
(xvi)      monitoring the operating performance of Investments and providing periodic reports with respect thereto to the Board of Directors, including comparative information with respect to such operating performance and budgeted or projected operating results;
 
(xvii)     investing and reinvesting any moneys and securities of the Company and the Subsidiaries (including investing in short-term Investments pending investment in other Investments, payment of fees, costs and expenses, or payments of dividends or distributions to stockholders and partners of the Company and the Subsidiaries) and advising the Company and the Subsidiaries as to their capital structure and capital raising;
 
(xviii)    causing the Company and the Subsidiaries to retain qualified accountants, auditors and legal counsel, as applicable, to assist in developing appropriate accounting procedures and systems, internal controls and other compliance procedures and testing systems with respect to financial reporting obligations and compliance with the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs and to conduct quarterly compliance reviews with respect thereto;
 
(xix)       assisting the Company and the Subsidiaries in qualifying to do business in all applicable jurisdictions and to obtain and maintain all appropriate licenses;
 
(xx)        assisting the Company and the Subsidiaries in complying with all regulatory requirements applicable to them in respect of their business activities, including preparing or causing to be prepared all financial statements required under applicable regulations and contractual undertakings and all reports and documents, if any, required under the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, or by the NYSE;
 
(xxi)       assisting the Company and the Subsidiaries in taking all necessary action to enable them to make required tax filings and reports, including soliciting stockholders and partners for required information to the extent required by the provisions of the Code applicable to REITs;
 
(xxii)      placing, or arranging for the placement of, all orders pursuant to the Manager’s investment determinations for the Company and the Subsidiaries, either directly with the issuer or with a broker or dealer (including any affiliated broker or dealer);
 
(xxiii)     handling and resolving all claims, disputes or controversies (including all litigation, arbitration, settlement or other proceedings or negotiations) in which the Company and/or the Subsidiaries may be involved or to which they may be subject arising out of their day-to-day operations (other than with the Manager or its affiliates), subject to such limitations or parameters as may be imposed from time to time by the Board of Directors;

 
- 6 -

 
 
(xxiv)     using commercially reasonable efforts to cause expenses incurred by the Company and the Subsidiaries or on their behalf to be commercially reasonable or commercially customary and within any budgeted parameters or expense guidelines set by the Board of Directors from time to time;
 
(xxv)      representing and making recommendations to the Company and the Subsidiaries in connection with the purchase and financing of, and commitment to purchase and finance, MBS, mortgage loans (including on a portfolio basis), real estate, real estate-related securities and loans, other real estate-related assets and non-real estate-related assets, and the sale and commitment to sell such assets;
 
(xxvi)     advising the Company and the Subsidiaries with respect to obtaining appropriate repurchase agreements, warehouse facilities or other secured and unsecured forms of borrowing for their assets;
 
(xxvii)    advising the Company on preparing, negotiating and entering into, on the Company’s behalf, applications and agreements relating to programs established by the U.S. government;
 
(xxviii)   advising the Company and the Subsidiaries with respect to and structuring long-term financing vehicles for their portfolio of assets, and offering and selling securities publicly or privately in connection with any such structured financing;
 
(xxix)     performing such other services as may be required from time to time for management and other activities relating to the assets and business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as the Board of Directors shall reasonably request or the Manager shall deem appropriate under the particular circumstances; and
 
(xxx)      using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company and the Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable laws.
 
Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager will perform portfolio management services (the “ Portfolio Management Services ”) on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries with respect to the Investments.  Such services will include consulting with the Company and the Subsidiaries on the purchase and sale of, and other investment opportunities in connection with, the Company’s portfolio of assets; the collection of information and the submission of reports pertaining to the Company’s assets, interest rates and general economic conditions; periodic review and evaluation of the performance of the Company’s portfolio of assets; acting as liaison between the Company and the Subsidiaries and banking, mortgage banking, investment banking and other parties with respect to the purchase, financing and disposition of assets; and other customary functions related to portfolio management. Additionally, the Manager will perform monitoring services (the “ Monitoring Services ”) on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries with respect to any loan servicing activities provided by third parties. Such Monitoring Services will include negotiating servicing agreements; acting as a liaison between the servicers of the assets and the Company and the Subsidiaries; review of servicers’ delinquency, foreclosure and other reports on assets; supervising claims filed under any insurance policies; and enforcing the obligation of any servicer to repurchase assets.

 
- 7 -

 
 
(c)           For the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company and each of the Subsidiaries hereby constitutes, appoints and authorizes the Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, in its name, place and stead, to negotiate, execute, deliver and enter into such credit finance agreements and arrangements and securities repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and arrangements, brokerage agreements, interest rate swap agreements, custodial agreements and such other agreements, instruments and authorizations on their behalf, on such terms and conditions as the Manager, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, deems necessary or appropriate.  This power of attorney is deemed to be coupled with an interest.
 
(d)          The Manager may enter into agreements with other parties, including its affiliates, for the purpose of engaging one or more parties for and on behalf, and at the sole cost and expense, of the Company and the Subsidiaries to provide property management, asset management, leasing, development and/or other services to the Company and the Subsidiaries (including Portfolio Management Services and Monitoring Services) pursuant to agreement(s) with terms which are then customary for agreements regarding the provision of services to companies that have assets similar in type, quality and value to the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries; provided that (i) any such agreements entered into with affiliates of the Manager shall be (A) on terms no more favorable to such affiliate than would be obtained from a third party on an arm’s-length basis and (B) to the extent the same do not fall within the provisions of the Guidelines, approved by a majority of the Independent Directors, (ii) with respect to Portfolio Management Services, (A) any such agreements shall be subject to the Company’s prior written approval and (B) the Manager shall remain liable for the performance of such Portfolio Management Services, and (iii) with respect to Monitoring Services, any such agreements shall be subject to the Company’s prior written approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shared Services Agreement shall not be subject to further review or approval by the Independent Directors prior to the expiration of its initial term, unless such agreement shall be amended, in which case such amendment shall be subject to the foregoing limitations on agreements between the Manager and its affiliates.
 
(e)           The Company and the Operating Company expressly acknowledge and agree that the Manager and Pine River Capital are, concurrent with this Agreement, entering into the Sub-Management Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Manager, Pine River Capital and CLA Founders LLC (the “ Sub-Management Agreement ”),   and nothing herein shall limit the ability of the Manager or Pine River Capital to enter into and perform their respective obligations under such Sub-Management Agreement or otherwise limit the effectiveness of such agreement.  The Company represents and warrants that the Sub-Management Agreement has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action of the Company.  After the date of this Agreement, to the extent that the Manager deems necessary or advisable, the Manager may, from time to time, propose to retain one or more additional entities for the provision of sub-advisory services to the Manager in order to enable the Manager to provide the services to the Company and the Subsidiaries specified by this Agreement; provided that any such agreement (i) shall be on terms and conditions substantially identical to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or otherwise not adverse to the Company and the Subsidiaries, and (ii) shall be approved by the Independent Directors of the Company.
 
(f)           The Manager may retain, for and on behalf and at the sole cost and expense of the Company and the Subsidiaries, such services of accountants, legal counsel, appraisers, insurers, brokers, transfer agents, registrars, developers, investment banks, financial advisors, due diligence firms, underwriting review firms, banks and other lenders and others as the Manager deems necessary or advisable in connection with the management and operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Manager shall have the right to cause any such services to be rendered by its employees or affiliates.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company and the Subsidiaries shall pay or reimburse the Manager or its affiliates performing such services for the cost thereof; provided that such costs and reimbursements are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis.

 
- 8 -

 
 
(g)          The Manager may effect transactions by or through the agency of another person with it or its affiliates which have an arrangement under which that party or its affiliates will from time to time provide to or procure for the Manager and/or its affiliates goods, services or other benefits (including research and advisory services; economic and political analysis, including valuation and performance measurement; market analysis, data and quotation services; computer hardware and software incidental to the above goods and services; clearing and custodian services and investment related publications), the nature of which is such that provision can reasonably be expected to benefit the Company and the Subsidiaries as a whole and may contribute to an improvement in the performance of the Company and the Subsidiaries or the Manager or its affiliates in providing services to the Company and the Subsidiaries on terms that no direct payment is made but instead the Manager and/or its affiliates undertake to place business with that party.
 
(h)           In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers or dealers, the Manager will use its best efforts to seek on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Manager shall consider all factors that it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available, and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Manager may also consider whether such broker or dealer furnishes research and other information or services to the Manager.
 
(i)           The Manager has no duty or obligation to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular purchase, sale or other transaction, or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported or “posted” commission rate, but will endeavor to be aware of the current level of charges of eligible broker-dealers and to minimize the expense incurred for effecting purchases, sales and other transactions to the extent consistent with the interests and policies of the Company and the Subsidiaries.  Although the Manager will generally seek competitive commission rates, it is not required to pay the lowest commission or commission equivalent, provided that such decision is made to promote the best interests of the Company and the Subsidiaries.
 
(j)           As frequently as the Manager may deem necessary or advisable, or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Manager shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Company and the Subsidiaries, prepare, or cause to be prepared, with respect to any Investment, reports and other information with respect to such Investment as may be reasonably requested by the Company.
 
(k)           The Manager shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at the sole cost and expense of the Company and the Subsidiaries, all reports, financial or otherwise, with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries reasonably required by the Board of Directors in order for the Company and the Subsidiaries to comply with their Governing Instruments or any other materials required to be filed with any governmental body or agency, and shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, all materials and data necessary to complete such reports and other materials including an annual audit of the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ books of account by a nationally recognized registered independent public accounting firm.

 
- 9 -

 
 
(l)           The Manager shall prepare regular reports for the Board of Directors to enable the Board of Directors to review the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ acquisitions, portfolio composition and characteristics, credit quality, performance and compliance with the Guidelines and policies approved by the Board of Directors.
 
(m)         Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, except to the extent that the payment of additional moneys is proven by the Company to have been required as a direct result of the Manager’s acts or omissions which result in the right of the Company and the Subsidiaries to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be required to expend money (“ Excess Funds ”) in connection with any expenses that are required to be paid for or reimbursed by the Company and the Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 9 in excess of that contained in any applicable Company Account (as herein defined) or otherwise made available by the Company and the Subsidiaries to be expended by the Manager hereunder. Failure of the Manager to expend Excess Funds out-of-pocket shall not give rise or be a contributing factor to the right of the Company and the Subsidiaries under Section 13(a) of this Agreement to terminate this Agreement due to the Manager’s unsatisfactory performance.
 
(n)          In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Manager shall be entitled to rely reasonably on qualified experts and professionals (including accountants, legal counsel and other service providers) hired by the Manager at the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ sole cost and expense.
 
Section 3.               Devotion of Time; Additional Activities .
 
(a)           The Manager and its affiliates will provide the Company and the Subsidiaries with a management team, including a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, and other support personnel, to provide the management services to be provided by the Manager to the Company and the Subsidiaries hereunder, the members of which team shall devote such portion of their time to the management of the Company and the Subsidiaries as is necessary to enable the Company and the Subsidiaries to operate their business.
 
(b)           The Manager agrees to offer the Company and the Subsidiaries the right to participate in all investment opportunities that the Manager determines are appropriate for the Company and the Subsidiaries in view of their investment objectives, policies and strategies, and other relevant factors, subject to the exception that the Company and the Subsidiaries might not participate in each such opportunity but will on an overall basis equitably participate with the Manager’s other clients in relevant investment opportunities in accordance with the Manager’s then prevailing investment allocation policy.  Nothing in this Agreement shall (i) prevent the Manager, Pine River or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, employees or personnel, from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any other Person, including investing in, or rendering advisory services to others investing in, any type of business (including investments that meet the principal investment objectives of the Company), whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other Person or entity are similar to those of the Company or (ii) in any way bind or restrict the Manager, Pine River or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, employees or personnel from buying, selling or trading any securities or investments for their own accounts or for the account of others for whom the Manager, Pine River or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, employees or personnel may be acting.  When making decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Manager will endeavor to allocate investment and financing opportunities in a fair and equitable manner over time as between the Company and the Subsidiaries and the Manager’s other clients, in each case in accordance with the Manager’s then prevailing allocation policy.

 
- 10 -

 
 
(c)           Managers, partners, officers, employees, personnel and agents of the Manager or affiliates of the Manager may serve as directors, officers, employees, personnel, agents, nominees or signatories for the Company and/or any Subsidiary, to the extent permitted by their Governing Instruments or by any resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Company’s Governing Instruments.  When executing documents or otherwise acting in such capacities for the Company or the Subsidiaries, such persons shall use their respective titles in the Company or the Subsidiaries.
 
Section 4.              Agency .  The Manager shall act as agent of the Company and the Subsidiaries in making, acquiring, financing and disposing of Investments, disbursing and collecting the funds of the Company and the Subsidiaries, paying the debts and fulfilling the obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, supervising the performance of professionals engaged by or on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries and handling, prosecuting and settling any claims of or against the Company and the Subsidiaries, the Board of Directors, holders of the Company’s securities or representatives or properties of the Company and the Subsidiaries.
 
Section 5.              Bank Accounts .  At the direction of the Board of Directors, the Manager may establish and maintain one or more bank accounts in the name of the Company or any Subsidiary (any such account, a “ Company Account ”), and may collect and deposit funds into any such Company Account or Company Accounts, and disburse funds from any such Company Account or Company Accounts, under such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may approve; and the Manager shall from time to time render appropriate accountings of such collections and payments to the Board of Directors and, upon request, to the auditors of the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
Section 6.              Records; Confidentiality .  The Manager shall maintain appropriate books of accounts and records relating to services performed under this Agreement, and such books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by representatives of the Company or any Subsidiary at any time during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice.  The Manager shall keep confidential any and all information obtained in connection with the services rendered under this Agreement and shall not disclose any such information (or use the same except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement) to unaffiliated third parties except (i) with the prior written consent of the Board of Directors; (ii) to legal counsel, accountants and other professional advisors; (iii) to appraisers, financing sources and others in the ordinary course of the Company’s business; (iv) to governmental officials having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary; (v) in connection with any governmental or regulatory filings of the Company or any Subsidiary or disclosure or presentations to Company investors; or (vi) as required by law or legal process to which the Manager or any Person to whom disclosure is permitted hereunder is a party.  The foregoing shall not apply to information which has previously become publicly available through the actions of a Person other than the Manager not resulting from the Manager’s violation of this Section 6.  The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for a period of one year.
 
Section 7.              Obligations of Manager; Restrictions .
 
(a)           The Manager shall require each seller or transferor of investment assets to the Company and the Subsidiaries to make such representations and warranties regarding such assets as may, in the judgment of the Manager, be necessary and appropriate.  In addition, the Manager shall take such other action as it deems necessary or appropriate with regard to the protection of the Investments.

 
- 11 -

 

(b)           The Manager shall refrain from any action that, in its sole judgment, (i) is not in compliance with the Guidelines, (ii) would adversely and materially affect the status of the Company as a REIT under the Code, (iii) would adversely and materially affect the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s status as an entity intended to be exempted or excluded from investment company status under the Investment Company Act or (iv) would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or that would otherwise not be permitted by the Company’s Governing Instruments.  If the Manager is ordered to take any such action by the Board of Directors, the Manager shall promptly notify the Board of Directors of the Manager’s judgment that such action would adversely and materially affect such status or violate any such law, rule or regulation or the Governing Instruments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager, its officers, stockholders, members, managers, personnel, directors, any Person controlling or controlled by the Manager and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager shall not be liable to the Company or any Subsidiary, the Board of Directors, or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s stockholders, members or partners, for any act or omission by any such Person except as provided in Section 11 of this Agreement.
 
(c)           The Board of Directors shall periodically review the Guidelines and the Company’s portfolio of Investments but will not review each proposed investment, except as otherwise provided herein.  If a majority of the Independent Directors determine in their periodic review of transactions that a particular transaction does not comply with the Guidelines, then a majority of the Independent Directors will consider what corrective action, if any, can be taken.  The Manager shall be permitted to rely upon the direction of the Secretary of the Company to evidence the approval of the Board of Directors or the Independent Directors with respect to a proposed investment.
 
(d)           Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries shall invest in any security structured or issued by an entity managed by the Manager or any affiliate thereof, unless (i) the Investment is made in accordance with the Guidelines; (ii) such Investment is approved in advance by at least one of the Independent Directors; and (iii) the Investment is made in accordance with applicable laws.
 
(e)           The Manager shall use its best efforts to at all times during the term of this Agreement maintain “errors and omissions” insurance coverage and other insurance coverage which is customarily carried by property, asset and investment managers performing functions similar to those of the Manager under this Agreement with respect to assets similar to the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in an amount which is comparable to that customarily maintained by other managers or servicers of similar assets.
 
Section 8.               Compensation .
 
(a)           During the Initial Term and any Renewal Term (each as defined below), the Company shall pay the Manager the Base Management Fee quarterly in arrears commencing with the quarter in which this Agreement was executed (with such initial payment pro-rated based on the number of days during such quarter that this Agreement was in effect).
 
(b)           The Manager shall compute each installment of the Base Management Fee within 30 days after the end of the fiscal quarter with respect to which such installment is payable. A copy of the computations made by the Manager to calculate such installment shall thereafter, for informational purposes only and subject in any event to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, promptly be delivered to the Board of Directors and, upon such delivery, payment of such installment of the Base Management Fee shown therein shall be due and payable in cash no later than the date which is five business days after the date of delivery to the Board of Directors of such computations.

 
- 12 -

 
 
(c)           The Base Management Fee is subject to adjustment pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
Section 9.               Expenses of the Company .  The Company shall pay all of its expenses and shall reimburse the Manager for documented expenses of the Manager incurred on its behalf (collectively, the “ Expenses ”) excepting those expenses that are specifically the responsibility of the Manager as set forth herein.  Such costs and reimbursements shall be in amounts which are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis.  Expenses include all costs and expenses which are expressly designated elsewhere in this Agreement as the Company’s, together with the following:
 
(i)          expenses in connection with the issuance and transaction costs incident to the acquisition, disposition and financing of Investments;
 
(ii)         costs of legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, and other similar services rendered for the Company and the Subsidiaries by providers retained by the Manager or, if provided by the Manager’s personnel, in amounts which are no greater than those which would be payable to outside professionals or consultants engaged to perform such services pursuant to agreements negotiated on an arm’s-length basis;
 
(iii)        the compensation and expenses of the Company’s directors and the cost of liability insurance to indemnify the Company’s directors and officers;
 
(iv)        costs associated with the establishment and maintenance of any of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s repurchase agreements, warehouse facilities and other secured and unsecured forms of borrowings (including commitment fees, accounting fees, legal fees, closing and other similar costs) or any of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities offerings;
 
(v)         expenses in connection with the application for, and participation in, programs established by the U.S. government;
 
(vi)        expenses connected with communications to holders of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities and other bookkeeping and clerical work necessary in maintaining relations with holders of such securities and in complying with the continuous reporting and other requirements of governmental bodies or agencies, including all costs of preparing and filing required reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the costs payable by the Company to any transfer agent and registrar in connection with the listing and/or trading of the Company’s stock on any exchange, the fees payable by the Company to any such exchange in connection with its listing, and costs of preparing, printing and mailing the Company’s annual report to its stockholders and proxy materials with respect to any meeting of the Company’s stockholders;
 
(vii)       costs associated with any computer software or hardware, electronic equipment or purchased information technology services from third party vendors that is used for the Company and the Subsidiaries;
 
(viii)      expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager for travel or entertainment on the Company’s behalf and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by managers, officers, personnel and agents of the Manager in connection with the purchase, financing, refinancing, sale or other disposition of an Investment or establishment and maintenance of any repurchase agreements, warehouse facilities, borrowings under programs established by the U.S. government, other secured and unsecured forms of borrowings or any of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities offerings;

 
- 13 -

 
 
(ix)         costs and expenses incurred with respect to market information systems and publications, research publications and materials, including financial analytics and market data, and settlement, clearing and custodial fees and expenses;
 
(x)          compensation and expenses of the Company’s custodian and transfer agent, if any;
 
(xi)         the costs of maintaining compliance with all federal, state and local rules and regulations or any other regulatory agency;
 
(xii)        all taxes and license fees;
 
(xiii)       all insurance costs incurred in connection with the operation of the Company’s business, except for the costs attributable to the insurance that the Manager elects to carry for itself and its personnel; provided , however , that the Company will be responsible for its pro rata portion of the premiums related to the Manager’s “errors and omissions” insurance coverage, as provided below;
 
(xiv)      costs and expenses incurred in contracting with third parties, including affiliates of the Manager, for the servicing and special servicing of the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries;
 
(xv)       all other costs and expenses relating to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries and investment operations, including the costs and expenses of acquiring, owning, protecting, maintaining, developing and disposing of Investments, including appraisal, valuation, reporting, audit and legal fees;
 
(xvi)      expenses relating to any office(s) or office facilities, including disaster backup recovery sites and facilities, maintained for the Company and the Subsidiaries or Investments separate from the office or offices of the Manager;
 
(xvii)     expenses connected with the payments of interest, dividends or distributions in cash or any other form authorized or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s securities, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(xviii)    any judgment or settlement of pending or threatened proceedings (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) against the Company or any Subsidiary, or against any trustee, director or officer of the Company or of any Subsidiary in his capacity as such for which the Company or any Subsidiary is required to indemnify such trustee, director or officer by any court or governmental agency;
 
(xix)       all other expenses actually incurred by the Manager (except as described below) which are reasonably necessary for the performance by the Manager of its duties and functions under this Agreement; and
 
(xx)        any costs and expenses (including those described above) incurred by a sub-adviser engaged by the Manager pursuant to Section 2(e) in connection with the provision of sub-advisory services in respect of the Manager, including such costs and expenses of CLA Founders LLC; provided , however , that the reimbursement of any such costs and expenses shall be subject to the same limitations set forth in this Agreement on the reimbursement of the costs and expenses of the Manager.

 
- 14 -

 
 
The Company shall have no obligation to reimburse the Manager for the salary, bonus, benefit and other compensation costs of the personnel of the Manager and its affiliates who provide services to the Company under this Agreement, except that, the Company shall reimburse the Manager for, without duplication, (i) the Company’s allocable share of the compensation paid by the Manager to its personnel serving as the Company’s principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel employed by the Manager as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to the Company, and (ii) any amounts for personnel of the Manager’s affiliates arising under the Shared Services Agreement. The Company’s share of such out of pocket costs shall be based upon commercially reasonable estimates of the percentage of time devoted by such personnel of the Manager and its affiliates to the Company’s affairs. The Manager shall provide the Company with such information as the Company may reasonably request to support the determination of the Company’s share of such costs. The Manager shall be responsible for the compensation paid by the Manager to its personnel serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Investment Officer and the Manager’s investment professionals.
 
In addition, the Company will be required to pay the Company’s pro rata portion of (i) rent, telephone, utilities, office furniture, equipment, machinery and other office, internal and overhead expenses of the Manager and its affiliates required for the operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries and (ii) premiums related to the “errors and omissions” insurance coverage referred to in Section 7(e).  These expenses will be allocated between the Manager and the Company based on the ratio of the Company’s proportion of net assets compared to all remaining net assets managed or held by Pine River or managed or held by the Manager as calculated at each quarter end.  The Manager and the Company will modify this allocation methodology, subject to the Independent Directors’ approval, if the allocation becomes inequitable.
 
The Manager may, at its option, elect not to seek reimbursement for certain expenses during a given quarterly period, which determination shall not be deemed to construe a waiver of reimbursement for similar expenses in future periods.  In the event that the Company’s business combination transaction (the “ Business Combination Transaction ”) with Capitol Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, is consummated, the Company will reimburse the Manager for all organizational, formation and transaction costs it has incurred on behalf of the Company, but the Company shall not be responsible for such costs in the event the Business Combination Transaction is not consummated.
 
The provisions of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement to the extent such expenses have previously been incurred or are incurred in connection with such expiration or termination.
 
Section 10.             Calculations of Expenses .  The Manager shall prepare a statement documenting the Expenses of the Company and the Subsidiaries and the Expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries during each fiscal quarter, and shall deliver such statement to the Company within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. Expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of the Company and the Subsidiaries shall be reimbursed by the Company to the Manager on the fifth business day immediately following the date of delivery of such statement; provided , however , that such reimbursements may be offset by the Manager against amounts due to the Company and the Subsidiaries.  The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.
 
 
- 15 -

 
 
Section 11.             Limits of Manager Responsibility; Indemnification .
 
(a)           The Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for under this Agreement and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board of Directors in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Manager, including as set forth in Section 7(b) of this Agreement.  The Manager, CLA Founders LLC, their respective officers, stockholders, members, managers, personnel and directors, any Person controlling or controlled by the Manager or CLA Founders LLC and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager and the managers, officers, directors and personnel of the Manager, CLA Founders LLC and their respective officers, members, directors, managers and personnel will not be liable to the Company or any Subsidiary, to the Board of Directors, or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s stockholders, members or partners for any acts or omissions by any such Person (including trade errors that may result from ordinary negligence, such as errors in the investment decision making process or in the trade process), pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement, except by reason of acts constituting reckless disregard of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  The Company and the Operating Company shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold the Manager, CLA Founders LLC, their respective officers, stockholders, directors, members and personnel, any Person controlling or controlled by the Manager or CLA Founders LLC and any Person providing sub-advisory services to the Manager, together with the managers, officers, directors and personnel of the Manager, CLA Founders LLC and their respective officers, members, directors, managers and personnel (each a “ Manager Indemnified Party ”), harmless of and from any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) in respect of or arising from any acts or omissions of such Manager Indemnified Party not constituting such Manager Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
 
(b)           The Manager shall, to the full extent lawful, reimburse, indemnify and hold the Company (or any Subsidiary) and its directors and officers (each, a “ Company Indemnified Party ” and together with a Manager Indemnified Party, the “ Indemnitee ”), harmless of and from any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including attorneys’ fees) in respect of or arising from the Manager’s reckless disregard of the Manager’s duties under this Agreement which has a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
 
(c)           The Indemnitee will promptly notify the party against whom indemnity is claimed (the “ Indemnitor ”) of any claim for which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , that the failure to so notify the Indemnitor will not relieve the Indemnitor from any liability which it may have hereunder, except to the extent such failure actually prejudices the Indemnitor.  The Indemnitor shall have the right to assume the defense and settlement of such claim; provided , that the Indemnitor notifies the Indemnitee of its election to assume such defense and settlement within 30 days after the Indemnitee gives the Indemnitor notice of the claim.  In such case, the Indemnitee will not settle or compromise such claim, and the Indemnitor will not be liable for any such settlement made without its prior written consent.  If the Indemnitor is entitled to, and does, assume such defense by delivering the aforementioned notice to the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee will (i) have the right to approve the Indemnitor’s counsel (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (ii) be obligated to cooperate in furnishing evidence and testimony and in any other manner in which the Indemnitor may reasonably request and (iii) be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defense of any such action, with its own counsel and at its own expense.

 
- 16 -

 
 
Section 12.             No Joint Venture .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to make the Company (or any Subsidiary) and the Manager partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on either of them.
 
Section 13.             Term; Termination .
 
(a)           Until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, this Agreement shall be in effect until [  ], 2012 (the “ Initial Term ”) and shall be automatically renewed for a one-year term (a “ Renewal Term ”) upon the expiration of the Initial Term and on each anniversary date thereafter unless at least two-thirds of all of the Independent Directors or the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock (other than those shares held by Pine River or its affiliates) agree that (i) there has been unsatisfactory performance by the Manager that is materially detrimental to the Company and the Subsidiaries or (ii) the compensation payable to the Manager hereunder is unfair; provided that the Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement under clause (ii) above if the Manager agrees to continue to provide the services under this Agreement at a reduced fee that at least two-thirds of all of the Independent Directors determines to be fair pursuant to the procedure set forth below.  If the Company elects not to renew this Agreement at the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term as set forth above, the Company shall deliver to the Manager prior written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) of the Company’s intention not to renew this Agreement based upon the terms set forth in this Section 13(a) not less than 180 days prior to the expiration of the then existing term.  If the Company so elects not to renew this Agreement, the Company shall designate the date (the “ Effective Termination Date ”), not less than 180 days from the date of the notice, on which the Manager shall cease to provide services under this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate on such date; provided , however , that in the event that such Termination Notice is given in connection with a determination that the compensation payable to the Manager is unfair, the Manager shall have the right to renegotiate such compensation by delivering to the Company, no fewer than 45 days prior to the prospective Effective Termination Date, written notice (any such notice, a “ Notice of Proposal to Negotiate ”) of its intention to renegotiate its compensation under this Agreement. Thereupon, the Company (represented by the Independent Directors) and the Manager shall endeavor to negotiate the revised compensation payable to the Manager under this Agreement. In the event   that the Manager and at least two-thirds of all of the Independent Directors agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice of Proposal to Negotiate, the Termination Notice shall be deemed of no force and effect and this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect on the terms stated in this Agreement, except that the compensation payable to the Manager hereunder shall be the revised compensation then agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement.  The Company and the Manager agree to execute and deliver an amendment to this Agreement setting forth such revised compensation promptly upon reaching an agreement regarding same.  In the event that the Company and the Manager are unable to agree to the terms of the revised compensation to be payable to the Manager during such 45-day period, this Agreement shall terminate, such termination to be effective on the date which is the later of (A) 10 days following the end of such 45-day period and (B) the Effective Termination Date originally set forth in the Termination Notice.
 
(b)           In recognition of the level of the upfront effort required by the Manager to structure and acquire the assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries and the commitment of resources by the Manager, in the event that this Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(a) or Section 15(b) of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Manager, on the date on which such termination is effective, a termination fee (the “ Termination Fee ”) equal to three times the sum of the average annual Base Management Fee earned by the Manager during the 24-month period immediately preceding the date of such termination, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter prior to the date of termination.  The obligation of the Company to pay the Termination Fee shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 
- 17 -

 
 
(c)           No later than 180 days prior to the anniversary date of this Agreement of any year during the Initial Term or Renewal Term, the Manager may deliver written notice to the Company informing it of the Manager’s intention to decline to renew this Agreement, whereupon this Agreement shall not be renewed and extended and this Agreement shall terminate effective on the anniversary date of this Agreement next following the delivery of such notice.  The Company is not required to pay to the Manager the Termination Fee if the Manager terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 13(c).
 
(d)           If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 of this Agreement, such termination shall be without any further liability or obligation of either party to the other, except as provided in Sections 6, 9, 10, 13(b), 15(b), and 16 of this Agreement.  In addition, Sections 11, 13(d) and 21 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement.
 
Section 14.             Assignment .
 
(a)           Except as set forth in Section 14(b) of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined under the Advisers Act), in whole or in part, by the Manager, unless such assignment is consented to in writing by the Company with the consent of a majority of the Independent Directors; provided, however, that no such consent shall be required in the case of an assignment by the Manager to Pine River or any of its affiliates.  Any such permitted assignment to an affiliate shall bind the assignee under this Agreement in the same manner as the Manager is bound, and the Manager shall be liable to the Company for all errors or omissions of the assignee under any such assignment.  In addition, the assignee shall execute and deliver to the Company a counterpart of this Agreement naming such assignee as Manager.  This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager, except in the case of assignment by the Company to another REIT or other organization which is a successor (by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets, or similar transaction) to the Company, in which case such successor organization shall be bound under this Agreement and by the terms of such assignment in the same manner as the Company is bound under this Agreement.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Manager may subcontract and assign any or all of its responsibilities under Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) of this Agreement to any of its affiliates in accordance with the terms of this Agreement applicable to any such subcontract or assignment, and the Company hereby consents to any such assignment and subcontracting.  In addition, provided that the Manager provides prior written notice to the Company for informational purposes only, nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer of any amounts payable to the Manager under this Agreement.  In addition, the Manager may assign this Agreement to any of its affiliates without the approval of the Independent Directors.
 
Section 15.             Termination for Cause .
 
(a)           The Company may terminate this Agreement effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice of termination from the Company to the Manager, without payment of any Termination Fee, if (i) the Manager, its agents or its assignees materially breaches any provision of this Agreement and such breach shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period (or 90 days after written notice of such breach if the Manager takes steps to cure such breach within 30 days of the written notice), (ii) the Manager engages in any act of fraud, misappropriation of funds, or embezzlement against the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) there is an event of any gross negligence on the part of the Manager in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, (iv) there is a commencement of any proceeding relating to the Manager’s Bankruptcy or insolvency, including an order for relief in an involuntary bankruptcy case or the Manager authorizing or filing a voluntary bankruptcy petition, (v) there is a dissolution of the Manager or (vi) the Manager is convicted of (including a plea of nolo contendere ) a felony.

 
- 18 -

 
 
(b)           The Manager may terminate this Agreement effective upon 60 days’ prior written notice of termination to the Company in the event that the Company shall default in the performance or observance of any material term, condition or covenant contained in this Agreement and such default shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof specifying such default and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period.  The Company is required to pay to the Manager the Termination Fee if the termination of this Agreement is made pursuant to this Section 15(b).
 
(c)           The Manager may terminate this Agreement, without payment of any Termination Fee, in the event the Company becomes regulated as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, with such termination deemed to have occurred immediately prior to such event.
 
Section 16.             Action Upon Termination .  From and after the effective date of termination of this Agreement, pursuant to Sections 13 or 15 of this Agreement, the Manager shall not be entitled to compensation for further services under this Agreement, but shall be paid all compensation accruing to the date of termination and, if terminated pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(b), the applicable Termination Fee.  Upon such termination, the Manager shall forthwith:
 
 (i)           after deducting any accrued compensation and reimbursement for its expenses to which it is then entitled, pay over to the Company or a Subsidiary all money collected and held for the account of the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement;
 
 (ii)           deliver to the Board of Directors a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board of Directors with respect to the Company or a Subsidiary; and
 
 (iii)           deliver to the Board of Directors all property and documents of the Company or any Subsidiary then in the custody of the Manager.
 
Section 17.             Release of Money or Other Property Upon Written Request .  The Manager agrees that any money or other property of the Company or any Subsidiary held by the Manager under this Agreement shall be held by the Manager as custodian for the Company or Subsidiary, and the Manager’s records shall be appropriately marked clearly to reflect the ownership of such money or other property by the Company or such Subsidiary. Upon the receipt by the Manager of a written request signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company requesting the Manager to release to the Company or any Subsidiary any money or other property then held by the Manager for the account of the Company or any Subsidiary under this Agreement, the Manager shall release such money or other property to the Company or any Subsidiary within a reasonable period of time, but in no event later than 30 days following such request.  The Manager shall not be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary, the Independent Directors, or the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s stockholders, members or partners for any acts performed or omissions to act by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the money or other property released to the Company or any Subsidiary in accordance with the second sentence of this Section 17.  The Company and any Subsidiary shall indemnify the Manager and the other Manager Indemnified Parties against any and all expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever, which arise in connection with the Manager’s release of such money or other property to the Company or any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Section 17.  Indemnification pursuant to this provision shall be in addition to any right of the Manager or any such other Manager Indemnified Party to indemnification under Section 11 of this Agreement.

 
- 19 -

 
 
Section 18.            Notices .  Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (iii) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (iv) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:
 
(a)           If to the Company:
 
Two Harbors Investment Corp.
601 Carlson Parkway
Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN  55305
Attention:   General Counsel
 
(b)           If to the Manager:
 
PRCM Advisers LLC
601 Carlson Parkway
Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN  55305
Attention:   General Counsel
 
Either party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section 18 for the giving of notice.
 
Section 19.             Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns as provided in this Agreement.
 
Section 20.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  The express terms of this Agreement control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
Section 21.            GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE CONTRARY.

 
- 20 -

 

Section 22.            No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.  No waiver of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
 
Section 23.             Headings .  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement.
 
Section 24.             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts of this Agreement, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.
 
Section 25.            Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
Section 26.            Gender .  Words used herein regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 
- 21 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name:  Jeff Stolt
 
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
   
TWO HARBORS OPERATING COMPANY LLC
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name:  Jeff Stolt
 
Title:  Authorized Signatory
   
PRCM ADVISERS LLC
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name:  Jeff Stolt
 
Title:  Chief Financial Officer

 
 

 

Exhibit A
 
·
No investment shall be made that would cause the Company to fail to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

·
No investment shall be made that would cause the Company to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

·
The Company will primarily invest within the Company’s target assets, consisting primarily of Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS; approximately 5% to 10% of the Company’s portfolio may include financial assets other than Agency RMBS and non-Agency RMBS.

·
Until appropriate investments can be identified, the Company may invest available cash in interest-bearing and short-term investments, that are consistent with (i) the Company’s intention to qualify as a REIT, and (ii) the Company’s and each Subsidiary’s exemption from “investment company” status under the Investment Company Act.

For purposes of the above, “ Agency RMBS ” means residential mortgage-backed securities (“ RMBS ”) for which a U.S. government agency (including the Government National Mortgage Association) or a federally chartered corporation (including the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation) guarantees payments of principal and interest on the securities and “ non-Agency RMBS ” means RMBS that are not issued or guaranteed by a U.S. government agency or a federally chartered corporation.

Exh. A-1

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.2

SPONSOR’S VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
 
SPONSOR’S VOTING AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 11, 2009 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Capitol Acquisition Corp. (the “ Company ”), Pine River Capital Management L.P. (“ Pine River ”), Two Harbors Investment Corp. (“ Parent ”), Two Harbors Merger Corp. (“ Merger Sub ”), PRCM Advisers LLC (the “ Manager ”) and Amanda Eilian (the “ Sponsor ”) (capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in Article I).
 
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company, Pine River, Parent and Merger Sub are entering into a merger agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”) whereby Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company and pursuant to which each issued and outstanding share of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) shall be converted into the right to receive a certain number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock of Parent upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, as a condition to Pine River’s, Parent’s and Merger Sub’s willingness to enter into the Merger Agreement, Pine River, Parent and Merger Sub have requested that the Company and Sponsor enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Sponsor agrees to vote any Shares acquired after the IPO (“Post-IPO Shares”) in favor of the Merger at the Company Stockholders Meeting (as defined herein);
 
WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Company is seeking an agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Warrant Agreement Amendment ”) to amend the Warrant Agreement, made as of November 8, 2007 (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “ Warrant Agent ”) to, among other things, increase the exercise price and duration of the Company’s warrants (the “ Warrants ”);
 
WHEREAS, Section 9.8 of the Warrant Agreement requires the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Warrants to amend the Warrant Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, as a condition to Pine River’s, Parent’s and Merger Sub’s willingness to enter into the Merger Agreement, Pine River, Parent and Merger Sub have requested that the Company and Sponsor enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Sponsor, as a holder of Warrants, if any, agrees to give his written consent to the Warrant Agreement Amendment at the Company Warrantholders Meeting (as defined herein);
 
WHEREAS, Sponsor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has the right to vote and dispose of, (i) that number of Shares (such Shares, together with any other Shares of the Company beneficially owned or acquired by the Sponsor after the date hereof whether acquired directly or indirectly, being collectively referred to herein with respect to such Sponsor as the “ Sponsor Shares ”), if any, and (ii) that number of Warrants (such Warrants, together with any other Warrants of the Company beneficially owned or acquired by the Sponsor after the date hereof whether acquired directly or indirectly, being collectively referred to herein with respect to such Sponsor as the “ Sponsor Warrants ”), if any, set forth opposite Sponsor’s name on Exhibit A hereto;
 
WHEREAS, as a condition to Pine River’s, Parent’s and Merger Sub’s willingness to enter into the Merger Agreement, Pine River, Parent and Merger Sub have also requested that the Company and Sponsor enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Sponsor agrees to certain transfer restrictions in respect of his Shares and/or Warrants and to the cancellation of his Cancellation Securities (as defined below), if any, at or prior to the Closing Date; and

 
 

 
 
WHEREAS, Sponsor desires Pine River, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company to enter into the Merger Agreement and Sponsor desires the Company and the Warrant Agent to enter into the Warrant Agreement Amendment:
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1            Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings (capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement):
 
Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Cancellation Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
 
Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Escrow Agreement ” means that Stock Escrow Agreement dated November 8, 2007 between the Company, the Sponsors, and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”).
 
Expiration Date ” means the earlier of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms.
 
Manager ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Pine River ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Pine River Parties ” means Pine River, Parent, Merger Sub and the Manager.
 
Post-IPO Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Sponsor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Sponsor Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Sponsor Warrants ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Sub-Management Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
 
Warrant Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 
2

 
 
Warrant Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Warrant Agreement Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Warrants ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
 
Section 1.2            Gender .  For the purposes of this Agreement, the words “he,” “his” or “himself” shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine and corporate, other entity or trust form.
 
ARTICLE II
 
COVENANTS TO SUPPORT THE MERGER
 
Section 2.1            Voting of Sponsor Securities .
 
(a)           Sponsor, as a holder of Post-IPO Shares, if any, hereby agrees that from and after the date hereof until the earlier of (i) receipt of the Company Stockholder Approval and (ii) the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, at any Company Stockholders Meeting, or in connection with any written consent of the Company’s stockholders, Sponsor will (A) appear at such Company Stockholders Meeting or otherwise cause his Post-IPO Shares, if any, to be counted as present thereat for purposes of calculating a quorum and (B) vote or cause to be voted (including by written consent, if applicable) all of his Post-IPO Shares, if any, (1) for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (without regard to any Change in Recommendation), (2) against any Acquisition Proposal, without regard to the terms of such Acquisition Proposal, or any other transaction, proposal, agreement or action made in opposition to adoption of the Merger Agreement or in competition or inconsistent with the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (3) against any other action that is intended or could prevent, impede, or, in any material respect, interfere with, delay the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, or (4) in favor of any other matter necessary to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.
 
(b)           Sponsor, as a holder of Sponsor Warrants, if any, hereby agrees that from and after the date hereof until the earlier of (i) receipt of the Company Stockholder Approval and (ii) the termination of the Merger Agreement in accordance with its terms, in connection with any Company Warrantholders Meeting or request for written consent at or through which proxies or written consents of the Company’s Warrant holders are solicited to approve and adopt the Warrant Agreement Amendment, Sponsor will execute and deliver to the Company a proxy or written consent, as applicable, with respect to Sponsor’s Sponsor Warrants, if any, to consent to the Warrant Agreement Amendment.
 
Section 2.2            No Restraint on Officer or Director Action .  The agreements set forth herein shall in no way restrict any director or officer in the exercise of his fiduciary duties as a director or officer of the Company.  Each Sponsor has executed this Agreement solely in his capacity as the beneficial owner of Sponsor Shares and/or Sponsor Warrants and no action taken by any such director or officer solely in such Person’s capacity as a director or officer of the Company shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any provision of this Agreement.

 
3

 
 
ARTICLE III
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
Section 3.1            Representations and Warranties of Sponsor .  Sponsor hereby represents and warrants to the Company and the Pine River Parties as follows:
 
(a)           Sponsor has all requisite legal capacity or other power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Sponsor and, assuming this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Pine River Parties, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Sponsor enforceable against the Sponsor in accordance with its terms, except that (i) such enforcement may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect, and (ii) the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  Except for such informational filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as may be necessary under the Exchange Act, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Sponsor nor the consummation by Sponsor of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) require Sponsor to make any filing with, or obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Sponsor under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, permit, concession, franchise, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which Sponsor is a party or by which Sponsor or any of Sponsor’s properties or assets, including the Sponsor Shares or Sponsor Warrants, may be bound (other than the Escrow Agreement) or (iii) result in a violation by Sponsor of any Law applicable to Sponsor or any of Sponsor’s properties or assets, including the Sponsor Shares or Sponsor Warrants.
 
(b)           The Sponsor Shares, if any, set forth opposite such Sponsor’s name on Exhibit A hereto and the certificates representing such Sponsor Shares are held of record or beneficially by the Sponsor and the Sponsor has good and marketable title to such Sponsor Shares, free and clear of any Liens, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, understandings or arrangements, except for any such Liens arising hereunder or under the Escrow Agreement.  Neither the Sponsor nor any affiliate of the Sponsor owns of record or beneficially any securities of the Company, or any options, warrants or rights exercisable for securities of the Company, other than the Shares and Warrants set forth on Exhibit A hereto.  Other than under this Agreement, neither Sponsor nor any affiliate of Sponsor has granted or appointed any proxy, power of attorney or other rights (except any expired or effectively revoked proxy) with respect to any Sponsor Shares.
 
(c)           The Sponsor Warrants, if any, set forth opposite such Sponsor’s name on Exhibit A hereto and the certificates representing such Sponsor Warrants are now, and until the Expiration Date will be, held of record or beneficially by Sponsor, and Sponsor has good and marketable title to such Sponsor Warrants, free and clear of any Liens, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, understandings or arrangements, except for any such Liens arising hereunder or under the Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2007, relating to the purchase of the Sponsor Warrants.  Other than under this Agreement, neither Sponsor nor any affiliate of Sponsor has granted or appointed any proxy, power of attorney or other rights (except any expired or effectively revoked proxy) with respect to any such Sponsor Warrants.
 
(d)           No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Sponsor.

 
4

 
 
(e)           Sponsor understands and acknowledges that Pine River, Parent and Merger Sub are entering into the Merger Agreement in reliance upon Sponsor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement.
 
(f)           As of the date of this Agreement, there is no litigation, suit, claim, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of Sponsor, threatened against Sponsor, or any property or asset of Sponsor, before any Governmental Entity that (i) seeks to delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Merger Agreement or the Warrant Agreement Amendment or (ii) relates to the Sponsor Shares or the Sponsor Warrants.
 
Section 3.2           Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to Sponsor and the Pine River Parties as follows: (a) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, including by its board of directors, (b) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer or other representative of the Company, (c) assuming this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the other parties, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and (d) except for such informational filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as may be necessary under the Exchange Act, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) require the Company to make any filing with, or obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, permit, concession, franchise, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound, other than, the Escrow Agreement or (iii) result in a violation by the Company of any Law applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets.
 
Section 3.3           Representations and Warranties of the Pine River Parties .
 
(a)           Each of the Pine River Parties represents and warrants to Sponsor and the Company as follows:  (a) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by such party (including by its board of directors or other applicable governing body), (b) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer or other representative of such party, (c) assuming this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the other parties, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, and (d) except for such informational filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission as may be necessary under the Exchange Act, neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such party nor the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby will (i) require such party to make any filing with, or obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, (ii) result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of such party under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, permit, concession, franchise, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which such party is a party or by which such party or any of such party’s properties or assets may be bound or (iii) result in a violation by such party of any Law applicable to such party or any of such party’s properties or assets.

 
5

 
 
(b)  Parent represents and warrants to Sponsor that the Sub-Management Agreement among PRCM Advisers LLC, CLA Founders LLC and Pine River to be entered into on the Closing has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action of Parent.

ARTICLE IV
 
SHARE CANCELLATION AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
Section 4.1            Surrender and Cancellation of Securities .  On or prior to the Closing Date, Sponsor shall cause the Company to instruct its transfer agent to cancel all of the Sponsor Shares set forth opposite Sponsor’s name on Exhibit A hereto, but not including any Post-IPO Shares beneficially owned or acquired by the Sponsor whether acquired directly or indirectly, (the “ Cancellation Securities ”), except that after the Closing, Sponsor will continue to hold Sponsor’s Sponsor Warrants, subject to the revision of the terms of such Warrants pursuant to the Warrant Agreement Amendment. On the Closing Date the transfer agent shall cancel such Cancellation Securities in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Merger Agreement, if not previously cancelled.  Without limiting the provisions of Section 5.1, Sponsor hereby agrees to execute such additional documents and to provide the Company or its transfer agent with any further assurances as may be necessary to effect the cancellation of the Cancellation Securities.
 
Section 4.2          Sub-Management Agreement .  Pine River, the Manager and Sponsor agree that on the date of this Agreement, Pine River, the Manager and CLA Founders LLC shall enter into the sub-management agreement (the “ Sub-Management Agreement ”) attached hereto as Exhibit C .
 
Section 4.3            Escrow Agreement Termination .  The Company and Sponsor agree that on or prior to the Closing Date, the Company, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and each Sponsor shall enter into an agreement to terminate the Escrow Agreement effective on the Closing Date.
 
Section 4.4            Registration Rights Agreement .  Pine River, the Company and Sponsor agree that on or prior to the Closing Date, Pine River, the Parent and Sponsor shall enter into Registration Rights Agreement in form to be agreed upon by the parties thereto .
 
ARTICLE V
 
Section 5.1            Further Assurances .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated hereby.  At the other party’s reasonable request and without further consideration, each party hereto shall execute and deliver such additional documents and take all such further lawful action as may be necessary or desirable to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby. Sponsor acknowledges that Parent and the Company may disclose information regarding Sponsor, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby in filings required to be made by Parent and/or the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
 
Section 5.2            Assignment; Binding Effect .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 
6

 
 
Section 5.3            Termination .  This Agreement, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall terminate on the Expiration Date.  Nothing in this Section 6.3 shall relieve any party from liability for willful breach of this Agreement.
 
Section 5.4            Stop Transfer .  The Company shall not register the transfer of any certificate representing Sponsor’s Sponsor Shares or Sponsor Warrants unless such transfer is made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
Section 5.5            Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Merger Agreement, each party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
Section 5.6            Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto, by duly authorized action taken.  This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
 
Section 5.7            Extension; Waiver .  The parties hereto may (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed on behalf of such party.  The failure of any party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of those rights.
 
Section 5.8            Notice .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):
 
 
(i)
if to any Pine River Party, to:
  
Pine River Capital Management LP
601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN 55305
Attention:  Tim O’Brien
Facsimile:  (612) 238-3301
     
    with a copy to: 
     
   
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention:  Jay Bernstein and Brian Hoffmann
Facsimile:  (212) 878-8375  
 
 
(ii)
if to the Company, to:
 
Capitol Acquisition Corporation
509 7th Street, NW
Washington, D.C.  20004
Attention:  Mark Ein
Facsimile: (202) 654-7063

 
7

 
 
with a copy to:
 
Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10174-1901
Attention:  David Alan Miller
Facsimile:  (212) 818-8881
 
and
 
Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attention:  Paul F. Sheridan, Jr.
                  David I. Brown
Facsimile:  202-637-2201
 
and
 
 
(iii)
if to Sponsor, to the address set forth under the name of Sponsor on the signature pages hereto (or at such other address for Sponsor as shall be specified by like notice)
 
 
with a copy to:
 
Graubard Miller
The Chrysler Building
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10174-1901
Attention:  David Alan Miller
Facsimile:  (212) 818-8881
 
and

Latham & Watkins LLP
555 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Attention:  Paul F. Sheridan, Jr.
 
                  David I. Brown
 
Facsimile:  202-637-2201
 
Section 5.9            Interpretation .  Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement is the result of the joint efforts of the Pine River Parties, the Company, and Sponsor and each provision hereof has been subject to the mutual consultation, negotiation and agreement of the parties and there shall be no construction against any party based on any presumption of that party’s involvement in the drafting thereof.  The words “include”, “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  A “subsidiary” of any person means another person, an amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests of which is sufficient to elect at least a majority of its Board of Directors or other governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests of which) is owned directly or indirectly by such first person.  The term “ordinary course of business” (or similar terms) shall be deemed to be followed by the words “consistent with past practice.”

 
8

 
 
Section 5.10           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when two or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.  This Agreement shall be binding upon Sponsor upon the execution of this Agreement by the Pine River Parties, the Company and Sponsor.
 
Section 5.11           Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to herein, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Merger Agreement, the Escrow Agreement Amendment, the Revenue Sharing Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement) (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and (b) is not intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.
 
Section 5.12           Severability .  This Agreement shall be deemed severable; the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the balance of this Agreement or of any other term hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.  If of any of the provisions hereof are determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.
 
Section 5.13           Enforcement .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, including damages, which shall include reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and any other damages actually suffered.   THE PARTIES HEREBY (i) SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND AGREE NOT TO BRING ANY ACTIONS RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY OTHER COURT, OTHER THAN TO ENFORCE THE JUDGMENTS OF SUCH COURTS, (ii) AGREE NOT TO OBJECT TO VENUE IN SUCH COURTS OR TO CLAIM THAT SUCH FORUM IS INCONVENIENT AND (iii) AGREE THAT NOTICE OR THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY PROCEEDING SHALL BE PROPERLY SERVED OR DELIVERED IF DELIVERED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED BY SECTION 5.13 HEREOF.  IN ADDITION, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OR PROCEEDING RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
Section 5.14           Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY APPLICABLE CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 
9

 
 
Section 5.15           Publicity .  Except as otherwise required by law, court process or the rules of any applicable securities exchange or as contemplated or provided elsewhere herein, no party hereto shall issue any press release or otherwise make any public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without prior consultation with the other parties hereto.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 
10

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has duly signed this Agreement, all as of the date first written above.
 
PINE RIVER PARTIES :
 
PINE RIVER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name: Jeff Stolt
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
   
By:
/s/ Thomas Siering
 
Name: Thomas Siering
 
Title: President
   
TWO HARBORS MERGER CORP.
   
By:
/s/ Thomas Siering
 
Name: Thomas Siering
 
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer
   
PRCM ADVISERS LLC
   
 
  By Pine River Capital Management, L.P., Member
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name: Jeff Stolt
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
THE COMPANY :
   
CAPITOL ACQUISITION CORP.
   
By:
/s/ Mark Ein
 
 Name:
 
 Title:
 
(Signature Page to Sponsors’ Voting and Support Agreement)

 
 

 

   
By:
/s/ Amanda G. Eilian
 
Name:    Amanda G. Eilian
 
Address:
 
(Signature Page to Sponsors’ Voting and Support Agreement)

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
BENEFICIAL AND RECORD OWNERSHIP OF SPONSOR SECURITIES
 
Equity Interests of Sponsors

   
Shares
   
Warrants
 
             
Lawrence Calcano                                                                 
    196,868       250,000  
Capitol Acquisition Management LLC
    5,938,836        
Brooke B. Coburn                                                                 
    32,812       100,000  
Amanda Eilian                                                                 
          160,000  
Mark D. Ein                                                                 
          3,040,000  
Richard C. Donaldson                                                                 
    65,623       200,000  
Raul J. Fernandez                                                                 
    65,623       750,000  
Miles Gilburne                                                                 
           
Dr. Jeong H. Kim                                                                 
    32,812       750,000  
Ted Leonsis                                                                 
    32,812       100,000  
Hugh Panero                                                                 
    32,812       100,000  
Arno Penzias                                                                 
    32,812       200,000  
Piyush Sodha                                                                 
    65,623       1,000,000  
Thomas E. Wheeler                                                                 
    32,812       100,000  
ZG Ventures LLC                                                                 
    32,812       250,000  
TOTAL                                                                 
    6,562,257       7,000,000  
 
 
A-1

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
WARRANT AGREEMENT AMENDMENT

 
B-1

 
 
EXHIBIT C

SUB-MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 
C-1

 

Exhibit 10.3
SUB-MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS SUB-MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of October 28, 2009, by and among PRCM ADVISERS LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), CLA FOUNDERS LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Manager ”), and solely with respect to Sections 1, 9, 11(a), 14(a), 15, and 18 through 28, PINE RIVER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Pine River Capital ”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS , on the date hereof, Two Harbors Investment Corp., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), is acquiring, through a merger (the “ Merger ”), Capitol Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Capitol ”), pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, dated as of June 11, 2009, among Pine River Capital, the Company, Two Harbors Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Capitol (the “ Merger Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , on the date hereof, the Manager, the Company, and Two Harbors Operating Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operating Company ”), are entering into that certain Management Agreement, in all material respects in the form attached as an exhibit to the Merger Agreement and dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Management Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Manager will provide investment advisory services to the Company and the Subsidiaries on the terms and conditions set forth therein; and

WHEREAS , the Manager wishes to enter into this Agreement with the Sub-Manager in order to engage the Sub-Manager to serve as a sub-advisor to the Manager to support the performance of the Manager’s services under the Management Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS , in connection with the execution of this Agreement, Pine River Capital has agreed to provide the Sub-Manager with opportunities to serve as a sub-advisor to (or to enter into alternative arrangements with) the Manager on selected additional advisory arrangements, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
 
NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.            Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Management Agreement.  In addition, the following terms have the following meanings assigned to them.
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting equity securities or by contract or otherwise.
 
Agreement ” means this Sub-Management Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 
1

 

Base Management Fee ” has the meaning set forth in the Management Agreement, provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including without limitation any requirement that the Base Management Fee have been earned or received, for purposes of calculating any amount payable under this Agreement, the Base Management Fee will be calculated without any reduction described in the last sentence of the definition of “Base Management Fee” in the Management Agreement.
 
Book Value ” means (i) in the case of the Company, the Stockholders’ Equity, and (ii) in the case of any other Public Vehicle, the book value of such Public Vehicle used for purposes of calculating the management and termination fees earned by the Manager or any Pine River Manager pursuant to the management or advisory agreement between such Public Vehicle and the Manager or any Pine River Manager.
 
Capitol ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
 
Cause ” means a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction (a) that the Sub-Manager has materially breached this Agreement that has a material adverse effect on the Manager or the Company and such material breach has continued for a period of 30 days after receipt by the Sub-Manager of written notice thereof specifying such breach and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period, (b) that an action taken or omitted to be taken by the Sub-Manager in connection with this Agreement constitutes willful misconduct or gross negligence that results in material harm to the Manager and/or the Company and such willful misconduct or gross negligence has continued for a period of 30 days after receipt by the Sub-Manager of written notice thereof specifying such willful misconduct or gross negligence and requesting that the same be remedied in such 30-day period, or (c) that an action taken or omitted to be taken by the Sub-Manager in connection with this Agreement constitutes fraud that results in material harm to the Manager and/or the Company.
 
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph to this Agreement.
 
Final Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) of this Agreement.
 
Grant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) of this Agreement.
 
Indemnitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) of this Agreement.
 
Independent Revenue Sharer ” means any Person who, in connection with a Pine River Manager’s entry into a management agreement with a Public Vehicle (other than the Company), is offered a Grant so long as (i) such Person is not an Affiliate of Pine River Capital, the Manager or any of their respective Affiliates, and (ii) neither Pine River Capital, the Manager nor any of their respective Affiliates has any pecuniary interest (through contract, equity or debt interests or otherwise) in such Person or the Grant offered to such Person; provided , that “Independent Revenue Sharer” shall not include any Person who is offered a Grant in connection with the financing or recapitalization of the Manager.
 
Interest Rate ” means the current (as of the Termination Date) London Interbank Offered Rate as quoted by Citibank, N.A. (or any successor entity thereto) for interest periods of one year, plus 200 basis points per annum, compounding quarterly.
 
Management Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
 
Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.

 
2

 

Mark Ein Control Persons ” means, collectively: (i) Mark D. Ein, (ii) any Affiliate of Mark D. Ein, including without limitation Leland Investments, Inc., and (iii) upon Mark D. Ein’s death or disability, if applicable, any executors, attorneys in fact, or administrators of Mark D. Ein or his estate, or any trustee (whether or not as a testamentary trustee or as a successor trustee under a non-testamentary trust).

Mark Ein Related Persons ” means, collectively: (i) Mark D. Ein, (ii) any Affiliates of Mark D. Ein, including without limitation Leland Investments, Inc., (iii) any trusts (or trustees thereof), family limited partnerships or other estate planning vehicles over which one or more Mark Ein Control Persons exercise control, (iv) upon Mark D. Ein’s death or disability, if applicable, any executors, attorneys in fact, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of Mark D. Ein or his estate, or any trust formed by either, and (v) to the extent any Mark Ein Control Person retains voting control over the applicable interest, any charitable trust, organization or entity.

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
 
Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
 
Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) of this Agreement.
 
Operating Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.
 
Pine River Capital ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Pine River Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) of this Agreement.

 “ Public Vehicle ” means an entity (a) (i) whose common equity securities are publicly issued or traded or (ii) that issues securities in an offering that expressly contemplates such securities (or other securities of such entity issued in exchange therefor or conversion thereof) being listed on a national securities exchange at a future date and (b) that is a REIT or other entity the business of which involves making investments in securities and other financial assets, including without limitation publicly traded REITs and closed-end funds.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and without limiting the foregoing, “Public Vehicle” shall not include (i) any company that is primarily an operating business, (ii) Pine River Capital or any of its Affiliates, any of the private investment funds currently managed by Pine River Capital and any similar private investment vehicles that Pine River may in the future manage, or any successor to any of the foregoing, (iii) any vehicle that is externally managed by the Company or any other Public Vehicle with respect to which the Sub-Manager has an effective agreement in place in accordance with Section 9(a),  (iv) a bank, savings and loan company, other thrift or insurance company or other similar operating financial institution, or (v) any entity whose sole material business is the management of private investment vehicles.
 
Section 409A Penalties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 29 of this Agreement.

Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
 
Sub-Manager ” has the meaning set forth in the Introductory Paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Sub-Manager Base Management Fee ” means a base management fee equal to the sum of (i) 20%, calculated and paid (in cash) quarterly in arrears, of the Base Management Fee earned by the Manager or its assignee under the Management Agreement with respect to the first $1 billion of the Stockholders’ Equity and (ii) 10%, calculated and paid (in cash) quarterly in arrears, of the Base Management Fee earned by the Manager or its assignee under the Management Agreement with respect to the Stockholders’ Equity in excess of $1 billion; provided, that such reference to quarterly calculation and payment shall be amended without further action of the parties hereto to read “monthly” to the extent the Management Agreement is amended or modified to provide for payments on a monthly basis.

 
3

 

Sub-Manager Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.
 
Sub-Manager Termination Fee ” means a termination fee equal to the sum of (i) 20% of the Termination Fee earned by the Manager or its assignee under the Management Agreement with respect to the first $1 billion of the Stockholders’ Equity and (ii) 10% of the Termination Fee earned by the Manager or its assignee under the Management Agreement with respect to Stockholders’ Equity in excess of $1 billion.
 
Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) of this Agreement.
 
2.            Appointment .  The Manager hereby appoints the Sub-Manager to serve as sub- advisor on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Manager hereby accepts such appointment.
 
3.            Duties of the Sub-Manager .
 
(a)           The Sub-Manager shall provide the following services (the “ Services ”) to support the Manager’s performance of services to the Company under the Management Agreement, in each case upon reasonable request by the Manager:
 
(i)           serving as a consultant to the Manager with respect to the periodic review of the Guidelines;
 
(ii)          identifying for the Manager potential new lines of business and investment opportunities for the Company;
 
(iii)         identifying for and advising the Manager with respect to selection of independent contractors that provide investment banking, securities brokerage, mortgage brokerage and other financial services, due diligence services, underwriting review services, legal and accounting services, and all other services as may be required relating to the Investments;
 
(iv)         advising the Manager with respect to the Company’s stockholder and public relations matters;
 
(v)          advising and assisting the Manager with respect to the Company’s capital structure and capital raising; and
 
(vi)         advising the Manager on negotiating agreements relating to programs established by the U.S. government, including the Term Asset-Backed Securities Lending Facility.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Manager shall remain primarily and directly responsible for the provision of all services provided to the Company under the Management Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Manager shall be solely responsible for (i) identifying and consummating all Investments to be made by the Company and the Subsidiaries, (ii) any and all portfolio monitoring or reporting services to be provided to the Company and (iii) any matters relating to the Company’s REIT qualification for U.S. federal income tax purposes or the status of the Company and its Affiliates under the Investment Company Act.

 
4

 

(b)           The Sub-Manager shall, and shall cause its officers and employees to, devote such portion of its and their time to the provision of the Services to the Manager as necessary for the proper performance of all of the Services hereunder.
 
4.            Authority of the Sub-Manager .  The Sub-Manager is not authorized to advise or bind the Company or to enter into any agreements relative to the Company, and, with respect to the Manager, is to act only as an advisor to the Manager, upon reasonable request.  The Sub-Manager shall have no obligation or authority under the Management Agreement.
 
5.            Confidentiality .  The Sub-Manager and the Manager shall each keep confidential any nonpublic information obtained in connection with the Services rendered under this Agreement and shall not disclose any such information (or use the same except in furtherance of its duties under this Agreement), except: (i) to the other party hereto and its respective employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors; (ii) with the prior written consent of the other party hereto; or (iii) as required by law or legal process. The foregoing shall not apply to information which has previously become available through the actions of a Person not resulting a violation this Section 5 or to any information within the public domain or, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to Sub-Manager’s or its Affiliates’ business enterprises unrelated to the Services or the Company. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for a period of one year.
 
6.            Fees .
 
(a)           As compensation for all Services performed by the Sub-Manager under this Agreement, the Manager shall pay the Sub-Manager (i) the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee; and (ii) in recognition of the level of the upfront effort and commitment of resources required by the Sub-Manager in connection with this Agreement, either the Sub-Manager Termination Fee or the Final Payment, in each case pursuant to the terms set forth herein.  Payment of the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee by the Manager to the Sub-Manager for any quarter shall be contingent upon the receipt by the Manager of the Base Management Fee under the Management Agreement for such quarter.  The Sub-Manager Base Management Fee shall be payable by the Manager to the Sub-Manager within five (5) days of receipt by the Manager of the Base Management Fee.  Payment of the Sub-Manager Termination Fee by the Manager to the Sub-Manager shall be contingent upon the receipt by the Manager of the Termination Fee under the Management Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11, the Sub-Manager Termination Fee shall be payable by the Manager to the Sub-Manager within five (5) days of receipt by the Manager of the Termination Fee.  Payment of the Final Payment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.
 
(b)           The Manager agrees that, without the approval of the Sub-Manager (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), it shall not agree to any modification of the Management Agreement that would both (i) amend or waive (A) the terms of payments due to the Manager under the Management Agreement or (B) the indemnification or expense reimbursement provisions of the Management Agreement and (ii) have either (A) a disproportionately adverse effect on the Sub-Manager or (B) a disproportionately positive result for the Manager.

 
5

 

(c)           The Manager agrees to use reasonable best efforts to collect the Base Management Fee and the Termination Fee on a prompt and timely basis.
 
(d)           The Manager covenants that no payments made to the Sub-Manager under this Agreement shall be deemed paid, directly or indirectly, from a “nonqualified entity” under Section 457A of the Code.
 
7.            Expenses .  The Manager shall promptly submit any expenses incurred by the Sub-Manager on behalf and at the request of the Manager that are eligible for reimbursement by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement to the Company for reimbursement.  The Sub-Manager shall prepare a statement documenting such eligible expenses of the Sub-Manager during each quarter, and shall deliver such statement to the Manager within five (5) business days after the end of each quarter.  The Manager shall reimburse the Sub-Manager for such eligible expenses within five (5) days of receipt by the Manager of reimbursement from the Company for such eligible expenses (provided, that a failure to deliver such statement within such period shall not limit the rights of the Sub-Manager hereunder except to the extent it prevents the Manager from being reimbursed by the Company).  Reimbursement by the Manager to the Sub-Manager for any expenses shall be contingent upon the receipt by the Manager of reimbursement from the Company under the Management Agreement for such expenses, and the Manager will pursue such reimbursement with substantially the same level of effort that it pursues requests for its own reimbursement of expenses.
 
8.            Restrictions on Transfer .
 
(a)           The Sub-Manager shall not directly transfer all or any portion of its right to receive the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee, the Sub-Manager Termination Fee or any of the amounts payable to the Sub-Manager under this Agreement (but excluding proceeds thereof) to any other Person, without the prior written consent of the Manager (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).
 
(b)           The consent of the Manager (which shall not be unreasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned) shall be required prior to a transfer of membership interests in the Sub-Manager that would result in Mark Ein Related Persons, in the aggregate, holding less than a majority in interest of the Sub-Manager.  The term transfer as used in this Section 8(b) shall include any actions that may result in any Mark Ein Related Person ceasing to be a Mark Ein Related Person.

 
6

 

9.            Other Public Vehicles .
 
(a)           During the period from the date of the Merger Agreement through the Termination Date, Pine River Capital represents and warrants that it has used, and agrees that it shall use, as the case may be, commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Manager is designated as the investment manager with respect to any Public Vehicle to which Pine River Capital or its direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiaries serves as external investment manager.  Subject in all cases to Section 9(b) hereof, in the event that the Manager or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Pine River Capital is designated as the investment manager (a “ Pine River Manager ”) with respect to any other Public Vehicle, the Manager and the Sub-Manager shall enter into good faith negotiations with regard to (a) an agreement pursuant to which the Sub-Manager will be engaged as sub-manager with regard to the management of such other Public Vehicle on substantially the terms set forth herein or (b) alternative arrangements that are reasonably acceptable to both the Manager and the Sub-Manager and that provide for substantially the same proportionate compensation to the Sub-Manager as set forth herein and Pine River Capital shall cause the Pine River Manager to provide the Sub-Manager with the right to enter into such an agreement; provided, however, that (x) the payment under such agreement that is comparable to the Final Payment will be payable in connection with the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Merger (rather than the fifth anniversary of the date of such agreement) and (y) if the Pine River Manager grants to an Independent Revenue Sharer irrevocable and fully vested contractual rights (a “ Grant ”) to a percentage of the total fees payable under the Pine River Manager’s management agreement with such Public Vehicle, then the fees to which the Sub-Manager is entitled under its applicable agreement with the Pine River Manager with respect to such Public Vehicle will be reduced by a percentage equal to the percentage interest provided to such Independent Revenue Sharer in such Grant during the life of such Grant.  If the Manager proposes any Grant in connection with this Section 9(a), Pine River Capital will provide the Sub-Manager with all information and certifications reasonably requested by the Sub-Manager, including with respect to (x) whether the Person receiving the applicable Grant is an Independent Revenue Sharer and (y) the terms and conditions of the Grant.  In connection with any such Grant, to the extent that one or both of the Sub-Manager and Pine River Capital parties believe in good faith that the adjustment to the Sub-Manager’s fee under this Section 9(a) does not fairly allocate the dilution between the parties, the parties will negotiate in good faith to adjust the terms of such adjustment.  Notwithstanding any delay in executing such agreement or arrangement, the Sub-Manager shall be entitled to the accrual for payment of fees commencing upon the receipt of management fees by the Manager or such Pine River Manager with regard to such other Public Vehicle.  Neither Pine River Capital nor the Manager shall have any obligations pursuant to the foregoing sentences of this Section 9(a) if the Sub-Manager remains in material breach of any provision of this Agreement after written notice of such material breach delivered by the Manager to the Sub-Manager; provided, however, upon cure by the Sub-Manager of any such breach, Pine River Capital shall cause the applicable Pine River Manager to negotiate in good faith with the Sub-Manager and provide the Sub-Manager with the right to enter into an agreement described in this paragraph to the extent that the Sub-Manager was, due to such breach, previously not entitled to enter into such an agreement.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Sub-Manager shall only be entitled to receive (A) the sum of (i) 20% of the aggregate management fees earned by the Manager and any Pine River Manager with respect to the first $1 billion of aggregate Book Value of all Public Vehicles (including the Company) cumulatively managed by the Manager and any Pine River Manager and (ii) 10% of the aggregate management fees earned by the Manager and any Pine River Manager with respect to the  aggregate Book Value of all Public Vehicles (including the Company) cumulatively managed by the Manager and any Pine River Manager in excess of $1 billion; (B) the sum of (i) 20% of the aggregate termination fees earned by the Manager and any Pine River Manager with respect to the first $1 billion of aggregate Book Value of all Public Vehicles (including the Company) cumulatively managed by the Manager and any Pine River Manager and (ii) 10% of the aggregate termination fees earned by the Manager and any Pine River Manager with respect to the  aggregate Book Value of all Public Vehicles (including the Company) cumulatively managed by the Manager and any Pine River Manager in excess of $1 billion;   and (C) the sum of the Final Payment and all comparable payments under other agreements entered into by the Sub-Manager pursuant to Section 9(a).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein with regard to each of the Company and each Public Vehicle, the Sub-Manager shall not be entitled to receive both a Termination Fee and a Final Payment with regard to such entity.

 
7

 

(c)           Nothing in this Agreement shall provide the Sub-Manager with any rights, obligations or interests whatsoever with respect to the private capital management business of Pine River Capital and its Affiliates; and Pine River and the Manager shall have no rights, obligations or interests whatsoever with respect to any business of the Sub-Manager, its members or their respective Affiliates, other than the Services in respect of the Sub-Manager set forth in this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Sub-Manager shall have (i) no rights with respect to any new private vehicles that Pine River Capital or its Affiliates may form or manage during the term of this Agreement, regardless of whether any such vehicles may invest in strategies similar to the strategy of the Company or any Public Vehicle and (ii) no rights with respect to any Public Vehicle that is externally managed by any management entity at the time such management entity is acquired by Pine River Capital or its Affiliates after the date of this Agreement, provided , however , that in connection with any such acquisition, Pine River Capital shall, or shall cause its applicable Affiliate to, offer to the Sub-Manager (which may assign the right to accept this offer to any if its Affiliates in whole or in part) the right to invest, on the same terms and conditions as Pine River Capital or its applicable Affiliate (except that the Sub-Manager and/or any designated Affiliate will be entitled to customary and reasonable minority investor protections), in up to 20% of each class of securities of such management entity acquired by Pine River Capital and its Affiliates, collectively, provided , further , that the Sub-Manager and/or its designated Affiliates will have 45 days to accept such offer after receiving written notice from Pine River Capital describing in reasonable detail all the material terms of the offer (the “ Notice Date ”), and will have 60 days to fund the purchase price if such offer is accepted after the Notice Date. Subject to conflict of interest policies to be agreed upon between the parties, nothing will limit the ability of Pine River Capital and its Affiliates, or the Sub-Manager and its Affiliates, to enter into other transactions, including (x) trading in the securities of special purpose acquisition companies other than Capitol through one or more funds managed by Pine River Capital or its Affiliates, (y) investing or trading in securities, or pursing investment strategies, that are the same or similar to those of the Company, or (z) subject to applicable law, pursuing any other investment or opportunity that may be of interest to the Company.
 
10.          Relationship of Sub-Manager, Manager, Pine River Capital and Company .  The Manager and Pine River Capital, on the one hand, and the Sub-Manager, on the other hand, are not partners, members or joint venturers with each other nor with the Company, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to make them such partners, members or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on any of them.  The relationship of the parties is intended to be contractual and not fiduciary in nature.
 
11.          Term and Termination .
 
(a)           This Agreement shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Merger, (ii) the termination of the Management Agreement by Company, or (iii) the effective date of the removal of the Sub-Manager for Cause (the “ Termination Date ”); provided that all rights and obligations with respect to any earned but unpaid Sub-Manager Base Management Fee and any other amounts payable under this Agreement with respect to periods prior to, on or in connection with the Termination Date shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided, further, that, subject to the foregoing proviso, in the event of termination pursuant to clause (i) or (iii) above, there shall be no Sub-Manager Termination Fee paid to the Sub-Manager and, in the event of termination pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above, there shall be no Final Payment paid to the Sub-Manager.  If, in the event of a termination pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Manager or any Pine River Manager, on the other hand, enter into a new management agreement effective within six months of such termination, this Agreement will be deemed to apply with respect to such new management agreement, and, without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of Section 9(a), the Termination Date shall be deemed not to have occurred.  Pine River Capital shall cause the applicable Pine River Manager, if it is not the Manager, to assume the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement.  In the event one or more of the Sub-Manager and the applicable Pine River Manager believes in good faith that this Agreement should be amended to reflect differences between the new management agreement and the Management Agreement, the Sub-Manager and the applicable Pine River Manager shall enter into good faith negotiations with regard to any such appropriate amendments and Pine River Capital shall cause the Pine River Manager to provide the Sub-Manager with the right to enter into any such amendments.  In any such event Pine River Capital will provide the Sub-Manager with all information and certifications reasonably requested by the Sub-Manager.  Notwithstanding any delay in executing any such amendment, the Sub-Manager shall be entitled to the accrual for payment of fees (on the terms as so amended) commencing upon the receipt of management fees by the Manager or such Pine River Manager with regard to such new agreement.
 
 
8

 

(b)           If the Termination Date occurs under Section 11(a)(i) above, subject to Section 14(b), the Sub-Manager shall receive a final payment (the “ Final Payment ”) of 7.7 times the annualized rate of ( i.e. , 30.8 times) the last quarterly payment of the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee; provided that, (i) the Final Payment shall be calculated and determined in accordance with Section 11(e) and (ii) for purposes of calculating the Final Payment, the last quarterly Sub-Manager Base Management Fee payment shall be re-calculated to reverse any reduction in Stockholders’ Equity that results, pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Stockholders’ Equity in the Management Agreement, from any repurchases of common stock of the Company that occurred in the 12-month period prior to such termination. The Final Payment shall be paid on the date that is 60 days after the Termination Date (or, if such date is not a business day, the next business day).  If during the six months following the Termination Date, the Company raises new equity capital, then the Final Payment will be recalculated to include the increase in Stockholders’ Equity resulting from the issuance of such new equity capital, but reduced by any reductions in Stockholders’ Equity occurring during such six-month period (other than any reductions that, pursuant to the adjustment described above, would have been excluded from the calculation of the termination payment if such reductions had occurred during the 12 months preceding the Termination Date), with the net increase in the amount of the Final Payment as re-calculated payable on the date that is 60 days after the date that is six months after the Termination Date (or, if such date is not a business day, the next business day).
 
(c)           Upon the termination of this Agreement (or in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii), the determination of termination in accordance with Section 14(b)), except to the extent inconsistent with applicable law, the Sub-Manager shall as promptly as reasonably practicable (A) deliver to the Manager one copy of all expense statements generated pursuant to Section 7 hereof covering the period following the date of the last provision of such expense statements to the Manager through the Termination Date; and (B) deliver to the Manager all property and documents of the Company provided to or obtained by the Sub-Manager pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including all copies and extracts thereof in whatever form, then in the Sub-Manager’s possession or under its control (provided that the Sub-Manager’s outside counsel may retain one copy to be kept confidential and used solely for archival purposes).
 
(d)           Subject to other provisions of this Agreement, if the Sub-Manager is removed for Cause, the effective date of a removal for Cause shall be the date upon which the Manager shall have delivered to Sub-Manager both (i) written notice that the Sub-Manager is being removed for Cause in accordance with the Sub-Management Agreement, and (ii) a copy of the applicable final, non-appealable order evidencing the required final determination of the court of competent jurisdiction.

 
9

 

(e)           For the purposes of calculating the Final Payment and the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee on which the Final Payment is based, the Manager shall (i) calculate Stockholders’ Equity (A) in accordance with (1) the books and records of the Company and (2) the definition of Stockholders’ Equity in the Management Agreement and (B) using the same accounting principles, policies, practices and methodologies used in, and applied consistently with, the prior calculations of Stockholders’ Equity under the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall otherwise follow the past practices of the Manager and the Company with respect to calculating Stockholders' Equity, in each case, subject to the adjustments expressly provided for in Section 11(a). In connection with the calculation of the Final Payment, upon the Manager’s calculation of the applicable Sub-Manager Base Management Fee, the Manager shall promptly deliver to the Sub-Manager a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail its calculation of the Final Payment (including the applicable calculations of Sub-Manager Base Management Fee and Stockholders’ Equity) and provide the Sub-Manager reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to all work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared or reviewed by the Manager or by any of its representatives that are relevant to its calculation of the Final Payment (or the applicable calculation of Sub-Manager Base Management Fee or Stockholders’ Equity), and such access shall be provided promptly after request by the Sub-Manager, and the Manager shall request that its accountants communicate with the Sub-Manager and its representatives; provided, that the Sub-Manager may be required to sign an “indemnification letter” in the form generally used by the Manager’s accountant prior to receiving access to any materials prepared by such accountant.  The Manager shall cause its representatives to be available, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the Sub-Manager to review the calculation of the Final Payment (including the applicable Sub-Manager Base Management Fee or Stockholders’ Equity).  In the event that the Sub-Manager disputes the calculation of the Final Payment (including the calculation of the applicable Sub-Manager Base Management Fee or Stockholders’ Equity), the Sub-Manager and the Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts, and negotiate in good faith, to promptly reach agreement as to the correct calculation of the Final Payment.
 
12.          Assignment .  The Manager may not assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that the Manager may assign, in their entirety, its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party upon the assignment of its rights and obligations under the Management Agreement to such third party; provided that both the assignee agrees in writing to assume all obligations hereunder and the Manager shall continue to remain liable for its obligations to the Sub-Manager hereunder.  The transfer of fees and other amounts payable to the Sub-Manager under this Agreement shall be governed by Section 8(a).  Otherwise this Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties.
 
13.          Indemnification .  The Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Sub-Manager to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with the Management Agreement.

 
10

 

14.          Remedies; Limitation of Liability .
 
(a)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall Pine River Capital, the Company or any of their Affiliates (including the Manager), on the one hand, or the Sub-Manager, on the other hand, be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether Pine River Capital, the Company or their Affiliates, on the one hand, or the Sub-Manager, on the other hand, has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action; provided, however, that in connection with any dispute between Pine River or the Manager, on the one hand, and the Sub-Manager, on the other hand, regarding the Sub-Manager’s right to receive payments under this Agreement, (x) if the Sub-Manager is finally determined to have been entitled to receive any amounts (not paid when due) under this Agreement, the Sub-Manager will be entitled to (1) reimbursement of reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such dispute and collection of such amounts and (2) interest accruing at the Interest Rate on such unpaid amounts from the date payment was originally due until actually paid, and (y) if the Sub-Manager is finally determined not to have been entitled to receive any amounts (not paid when due) under this Agreement, the Manager will be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such dispute.  Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the Manager, Pine River Capital nor any of their respective Affiliates shall be liable to the Sub-Manager for payment of a Sub-Manager Base Management Fee, Sub-Manager Termination Fee or any similar compensation (other than any Final Payment or other final payment) except to the extent that the Manager, Pine River Capital or such Affiliate (as the case may be) or its assignee has actually received a corresponding fee from corresponding Public Vehicles (including the Company).  This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may only be brought against, the entities that are expressly named as parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such party.  Except to the extent a named party to this Agreement (and then only to the extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such named party in this Agreement and not otherwise), no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney, advisor or representative or Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall have any liability (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or liabilities of any one or more of the parties under this Agreement (whether for indemnification or otherwise) of or for any claim based on, arising out of, or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager will not be entitled to terminate the Agreement (except as expressly set forth in the termination provisions above), withhold or offset amounts owed hereunder or otherwise seek recourse against the Sub-Manager for any breach of this Agreement, except that the Manager may seek payment of monetary damages to the extent a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines such damages are awarded to the Manager against the Sub-Manager as a result of Cause (and such damages exceed any amounts released from escrow to the Manager in accordance with this Section 14(b)); provided that, in the event that the Manager has, in good faith in accordance with this Agreement, initiated litigation with respect to Cause prior to the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Merger, the Manager may, in lieu of making payments to the Sub-Manager with respect to the Final Payment, but at the time at which such payments would otherwise be required, deposit such payments into an interest-bearing escrow arrangement reasonably satisfactory to the Sub-Manager.  If Cause is finally determined to have occurred prior to the fifth anniversary of the Merger, the amounts then in escrow will be released to the Manager (and the Manager shall have no further obligation to make payments with respect to the Final Payment).  If a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that no Cause occurred prior to the fifth anniversary of the Merger, then the amounts then in escrow will be released to the Sub-Manager, and the Manager will be responsible for any additional amounts owing in respect of the Final Payment.
 
15.          Representations and Warranties of Pine River Capital and the Manager .  The Manager and Pine River Capital each, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Sub-Manager, as follows:

 
11

 

(a)           It, in the case of the Manager, is a limited liability company and, in the case of Pine River Capital, is a limited partnership and, in any case, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of it and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.  It has all requisite corporate or other power and authority and all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(b)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by it.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Sub-Manager, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable in accordance with its terms.  The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms hereof by it, do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon its capital stock or membership interests, as applicable, or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative or governmental body pursuant to, its organizational documents, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which it is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound.
 
16.          Representations and Warranties of the Sub-Manager .  The Sub-Manager hereby represents and warrants to Pine River Capital and the Manager as follows:
 
(a)           The Sub-Manager is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Sub-Manager taken as a whole.  The Sub-Manager has all requisite power and authority and all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to own and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(b)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Sub-Manager.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Sub-Manager and, assuming due execution and delivery by Pine River Capital and the Manager, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Sub-Manager, enforceable in accordance with its terms.  The execution and delivery by the Sub-Manager of this Agreement, and the fulfillment of and compliance with the terms hereof by the Sub-Manager, do not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Sub-Manager’s capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative or governmental body pursuant to, the Sub-Manager's certificate of formation or amended and restated limited liability company, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Sub-Manager is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Sub-Manager is a party or by which it is bound.

 
12

 

17.          Further Assurances .  The Sub-Manager and the Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate to give effect to the arrangements contemplated hereby, including with a view towards compliance with the Advisers Act, counterpart state law and regulations adopted thereunder, and any amendments thereto or registration requirements thereunder that may in arise the future.
 
18.          Notices .  Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of (i) personal delivery, (ii) delivery by reputable overnight courier, (iii) delivery by facsimile transmission with telephonic confirmation or (iv) delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:
 
·
If to the Manager:
 
PRCM Advisers LLC
601 Carlson Parkway
Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN  55305
Attention:   General Counsel
 
·
If to the Sub-Manager:
 
CLA Founders LLC
c/o Kastle Systems
1501 Wilson Blvd
Arlington, VA  22209
Attn:  Mark D. Ein
 
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
Richard C. Donaldson
1650 Tysons Boulevard
14 th Floor
McLean, Virginia  22102

·
If to Pine River Capital:
 
Pine River Capital Management L.P.
601 Carlson Parkway
Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN  55305
Attention:   General Counsel
 
·
If to the Company:
 
Two Harbors Investment Corp.
601 Carlson Parkway
Suite 330
Minnetonka, MN  55305
Attention:   General Counsel

 
13

 

Any party may alter the address to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section 18 for the giving of notice.
 
19.            Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns as provided in this Agreement.
 
20.            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  The express terms of this Agreement control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
21.            GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE CONTRARY.
 
22.            Jurisdiction ; Waiver of Jury Trial .  Any proceeding or action based upon, arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any state court of the State of Delaware or, in the case of claims to which the federal courts have subject matter jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America, in either case, located in the State of Delaware, and each of the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in any such proceeding or action, waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to personal jurisdiction, venue or to convenience of forum, agrees that all claims in respect of the proceeding or action shall be heard and determined only in any such court, and agrees not to bring any proceeding or action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to affect the right of any party to serve process in any manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any other party in any other jurisdiction, in each case, to enforce judgments obtained in any action, suit or proceeding brought pursuant to this Section 22. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
23.            No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any party hereto, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  Subject to Section 14, the rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.  No waiver of any provision hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
 
24.            Headings .  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement.

 
14

 

25.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts of this Agreement, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.
 
26.            Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
27.            Gender .  Words used herein regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires.
 
28.            Non-Disparagement .  The Sub-Manager hereby agrees to refrain, and to use reasonable efforts to cause its members, from making any defamatory or derogatory statements concerning the Company, the Manager and Pine River Capital and the Company, the Manager and Pine River Capital hereby agree to refrain from making any defamatory or derogatory statements concerning the Sub-Manager and its members.  This Section 28 shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of five years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit any individual or entity from making any truthful statements in response to a subpoena, in connection with a legal proceeding or as otherwise required by law or legal process.
 
29.            Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to be written, administered, interpreted and construed in a manner such that no payments provided under the Agreement become subject to (a) the gross income inclusion set forth within Section 409A(a)(1)(A) of the Code or (b) the interest and additional tax set forth within Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code (together, referred to herein as the “Section 409A Penalties”), including, where appropriate, the construction of defined terms to have meanings that would not cause the imposition of Section 409A Penalties. The Sub-Manager expects that the payments provided under this Agreement will be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code because the Sub-Manager intends to account on an accrual basis for U.S. income tax purposes. If, following the date of this Agreement, the Sub-Manager reasonably determines that it is no longer advisable for Sub-Manager to account on an accrual basis for U.S. income tax purposes (as a result in a change in applicable laws or regulations or otherwise), or the Sub-Manager reasonably determines that any payments under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A Penalties, the parties agree to work together in good faith to adopt such amendments to this Agreement as most closely reflects the original intent of the parties (including amendments with retroactive effect) or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt each of the payments provided under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of such payments or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance. Each payment provided under this Agreement, including each separate installment of the Sub-Manager Base Management Fee shall be a separate and distinct payment under this Agreement for all purposes.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 
15

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
 
PRCM ADVISERS LLC
   
 
By:
/s/  Jeff Stolt
   
Name: Jeff Stolt
   
Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
 
CLA FOUNDERS LLC
     
 
By: Leland Investments, Inc., its managing member
   
 
By:
/s/ Mark D. Ein
   
Name:  Mark D. Ein
   
Title:  President
     
 
PINE RIVER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.,
solely with respect to Sections 1, 9, 11(a), 14(a), 15,
and 18 through 28
   
 
By:
/s/  Jeff Stolt
 
Name: Jeff Stolt
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
Signature Page to Sub-Management Agreement
 
- 16 -

 
Exhibit 10.4
SHARED FACILITIES AND SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
THIS SHARED FACILITIES AND SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 28, 2009, is entered into by PRCM Advisers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”) and Pine River Capital Management L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Pine River ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Manager was formed to manage the business affairs of Two Harbors Investment Corp., a Maryland Corporation (the “ Company ”), in conformity with the policies and investment guidelines established by the Company’s board of directors, pursuant to the terms of that certain Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Management Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the Manager and Two Harbors Operating Company LLC; and
 
WHEREAS, the Manager desires to utilize the personnel and other resources of Pine River that may be necessary or appropriate for the Manager to carry out its duties and perform its obligations under the Management Agreement, and Pine River is willing to make such personnel and other resources available for the Manager’s use.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
1.       Services Provided .  Pine River shall provide the Manager with personnel and other resources necessary or appropriate for the Manager to carry out its duties and perform its obligations under the Management Agreement (collectively, the “ Resources ”).
 
2.       Office Personnel .  All Pine River personnel who provide services hereunder shall be employees of Pine River or its affiliates, and shall not be employees of the Manager.  Pine River shall provide the Manager with a management team for the Company along with any other support personnel necessary for the Manager to provide the services it is required to provide under the Management Agreement.  Initially, the management team shall consist of the following individuals:
 
Name
 
Title
     
Brian C. Taylor
 
Chairman and Director
Thomas Siering
 
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Jeffrey Stolt
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Steven Kuhn
 
Co-Chief Investment Officer
William Roth
 
Co-Chief Investment Officer
Timothy O’Brien
 
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Andrew Garcia
 
Vice President — Business Development

The Manager shall have no right to specify the actual person or persons who will perform services for the Manager under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Pine River will employ good faith efforts to identify suitable personnel possessing the necessary skill and training to facilitate the provision of adequate services under this Agreement.  In addition, upon a good faith demonstration by the Manager that any person supplied by Pine River is not suitable for the Manager’s needs under this Agreement, Pine River will, to the extent available, substitute other qualified personnel for such unsuitable personnel.  Office personnel shall be advised that, while providing services to the Manager, they are to follow the directions of the officers of the Manager and are to act in the best interests of the Manager.

 
 

 
 
3.       Pine River Employees .  Pine River shall at all times during the term of the Agreement provide the following benefits to all Pine River personnel who provide services to the Manager from time to time (the “ Manager Personnel ”), whether or not such Manager Personnel are also officers of the Manager or the Company:  (a) any and all compensation and benefits (including vacation, holiday and sick pay, life and health insurance, and pension benefits) comparable to those maintained for Pine River’s employees not engaged in rendering services to the Manager or as required by any applicable employment practices, policies and contracts and (b) the payment of all required federal, state, and local taxes, social security contributions and federal and state unemployment compensation insurance taxes, subject in each case to the Company’s obligation to reimburse the Manager for the Company’s allocable share of the compensation paid by the Manager to its personnel serving as the Company’s principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel hired by the Manager to serve as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to the Company.  Pine River shall also maintain worker’s compensation and liability insurance covering Manager Personnel in compliance with applicable law.  Such liability insurance shall contain limits for personal injury and property damage comparable to those maintained for Pine River’s employees not engaged in rendering services to the Manager.
 
4.       Charges for Services .
 
(a)     Out of Pocket Expenses .  The Manager shall reimburse Pine River for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Pine River and its applicable Manager Personnel in the performance of services for the Manager under this Agreement.
 
(b)     Office Personnel .  The Manager shall have no obligation to reimburse Pine River or its affiliates for the salary, bonus, benefit and other compensation costs of the personnel of Pine River and its affiliates who provide services to the Manager under this Agreement, except that, the Manager shall reimburse Pine River and its affiliates for, without duplication, the allocable share of the compensation paid by Pine River and its affiliates to their respective personnel serving as the Company’s principal financial officer and general counsel and personnel employed by Pine River and its affiliates as in-house legal, tax, accounting, consulting, auditing, administrative, information technology, valuation, computer programming and development and back-office resources to the Company.  The allocable share of such out of pocket costs shall be based upon commercially reasonable estimates of the percentage of time devoted by such personnel of Pine River and its affiliates to the Company’s affairs.  Pine River shall provide the Manager with such information as the Manager may reasonably request to support the determination of the allocable share of such costs.  Pine River and its affiliates shall be responsible for the compensation paid by Pine River and its affiliates to their respective personnel serving as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Investment Officer and the investment professionals of Pine River and its affiliates.
 
(c)     Other Reimbursable Costs .  The Manager shall reimburse Pine River for all other costs and expenses incurred by Pine River in connection with the provision of services hereunder, to the extent such costs and expenses are reimbursable by the Company to the Manager under the Management Agreement.
 
(d)     Payments and Records .  The Manager shall pay the aggregate amount due to Pine River under this Section 4 quarterly on the same day the Company reimburses the Manager for its expenses pursuant to Section 10 of the Management Agreement.  Pine River shall maintain accurate records of the Manager Personnel ( e.g. , title, wage rate, and time used) provided to the Manager pursuant to this Agreement, and, upon request, the Manager shall be entitled to review such records at reasonable times.

 
2

 

5.       Term .  The term of this Agreement shall begin as of the date hereof and it shall extend until October 28, 2012 (the “ Initial Term ”).  At the expiration of the Initial Term, the term shall be automatically extended for one additional year each year thereafter provided the Management Agreement has not been terminated.  Following a termination of the Management Agreement (for any reason and by any party thereto), any party to this Agreement shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by providing 30 days advance written notice of termination to all other parties hereto.
 
6.       Miscellaneous .
 
(a)    All provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns.  No party shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its obligations under or interest in this Agreement, except monies which may be due pursuant hereto, without the prior written consent of all other parties.
 
(b)    No waiver by any party hereto of any of its rights under this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by an officer of the party waiving such right.  No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach, whether or not of the same nature.  This Agreement may not be modified except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, absent the written consent of the Company, this Agreement may not be modified so as to increase the obligation of the Company to reimburse amounts to the Manager under the Management Agreement.
 
(c)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and cancels and supersedes any and all prior written or oral contracts or negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
(d)    This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.
 
(e)    The descriptive headings of the several sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
 
(f)     Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if hand-delivered to the applicable party at 601 Carlson Parkway, Suite 330, Minnetonka, MN  55305, Attention:  General Counsel.
 
(g)    Wherever possible each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
 
[Signature Page Follows]

 
3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their respective names by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
 
PRCM ADVISERS LLC
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name: Jeff Stolt
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
PINE RIVER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L.P.
   
By:
/s/ Jeff Stolt
 
Name: Jeff Stolt
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
[Shared Services Agreement Signature Page]
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF TWO HARBORS INVESTMENT CORP.
As of December 31, 2009

Subsidiary
Corporation
 
State of
Incorporation
     
Two Harbors Operating Company LLC
 
Delaware
     
Capitol Acquisition Corp
 
Delaware
     
Two Harbors Asset I, LLC
 
Delaware

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas Siering, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Two Harbors Investment Corp.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2010
/s/ Thomas Siering
 
Thomas Siering
 
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jeffrey Stolt, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Two Harbors Investment Corp.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 4, 2010
/s/ Jeffrey Stolt
 
Jeffrey Stolt
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, the undersigned officer of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (the “Registrant”) hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15 (d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 4, 2010
/s/ Thomas Siering
 
Thomas Siering
 
President and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

 

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, the undersigned officer of Two Harbors Investment Corp. (the “Registrant”) hereby certifies that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15 (d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

Date: March 4, 2010
/s/ Jeffrey Stolt
 
Jeffrey Stolt
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 and is not being filed as part of the Annual Report or as a separate disclosure document.